CHEVROLET

..............

ST 375-91 EDD
 1991
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS
AND
DIAGNOSIS MANUAL
C/K TRUCK MODELS

When reference is made in this manual to a brand name, number, or specific tool, an equivalent product may
be used in place of the recommended item.

This manual should be kept in a handy place for ready reference. If properly used, it will enable the technician
to better serve the owners of Chevrolet vehicles.

All information, illustrations, and specifications contained in this manual are based on the latest product
information available at the time of publication approval. The right is reserved to make changes at any time
without notice.

No part of this publication maybe reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by
any means, including but not limited to electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the
prior written permission of the Chevrolet Motor Division of General Motors Corporation. This includes all text,
illustrations, tables and charts.

ST375-91EDD
® 1990 General Motors Corporation June 1990
All rights reserved. Printed in U.S.A.
 NOTICE

CONTENTS SENSITIVE
TO
STATIC ELECTRICITY

F-05403

ELECTRONIC DISCHARGE WARNING

When handling an electronic part that has an ESD sensitive sticker, the service technician should
fo llo w these guidelines to reduce any possible electrostatic charge b uild-up on the service
te ch n icia n ’s body and the e le ctronic part in the dealership.

1. Do not open the package u ntil it is tim e to install the part.

2. A void tou ch in g the electrical term inals of the part.
3. Before rem oving the part from its package, ground the package to a know n good ground on
the vehicle.
4. Alw ays tou ch a known good ground before handling the part. This should be repeated while
handling the part and more frequently after sliding across the seat, s ittin g down from a
standing p osition o r w alking a distance.
 1991 C/K MODELS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page Circuit Circuit

Operation Diagram
Phantom V ie w ...................................................................................................................................................... 2 Page Page
Introduction ...........................................................................................................................................................3
How to Use this M a n u a l............................................................................................................................. 3 Front Exterior Lamps .....................................................................................................................................25 —
Circuit Operation ........................................................................................................................................3 H eadlam ps............................................................................................................................................. 25 30
Circuit Diagram s..........................................................................................................................................3 Canadian Daytime Running L a m p s .................................................................................................... 25 32
Component Locations................................................................................................................................. 3 Fog L a m p s ............................................................................................................................................. 25 34
Diagnosis .................................................................................................................................................... 4 Turn Signal L a m p s ................................................................................................................................ 25 36
Basic Electricity ..........................................................................................................................................4 Hazard Lamps .......................................................................................................................................25 38
Park and Marker L a m p s ........................................................................................................................25 40
Circuit Malfunctions ................................................................................................................................... 4
Roof Marker Lamps .............................................................................................................................. 25 41
Electrical Test Equipm ent................................... ....................................................................................... 4 H o rn s .................................................................................................................................................................42 43
Circuit Wiring Repair Procedures.............................................................................................................. 6 Starting and C harging.....................................................................................................................................44 46
Weather-Pack Connectors .........................................................................................................................8 Diesel Engine Fuel Controls .......................................................................................................................... 77 78
Metri-Pack C onnectors............................................................................................................................... 8 Glow Plugs ......................................................................................................................................................82 84
Special Tools ..............................................................................................................................................9 Four-Wheel Drive ................................................................................. ......................................................... 88 89
Regular Production Option (RPO) List ............................................................................................................ 10 Brake Systems ............................................................................................................................................... 90 91
Abbreviation List ................................................................................................................................................ 10 Instrument Panel ............................................................................................................................................. 94 —
Symptoms Index ................................................................................................................................................ 11 G a g e s ......................................................................................................................................................94 100
Power Distribution ..............................................................................................................................................13 Indicators ............................................................................................................................................... 94 104
Fuse Block and Fuse Block Identification........................................................................................................ 15 Air C onditioning............................................................................................................................................. 107 112
Auxiliary Cooling F a n .....................................................................................................................................114 115
Bulb D a ta .............................................................................................................................................................16
H e a te r.............................................................................................................................................................. 116 117
Convenience Center ..........................................................................................................................................17
Cruise Control ............................................................................................................................................... 118 119
Auxiliary Battery ................................................................................................................................................ 18 Interior Lamps and Key-ln Warning B uzze r.............................................................................................. .120 —
Ground Distribution ............................................................................................................................................19 Courtesy, Dome, and l/P Compartment Lamps ............................ ............................................... 120 122,123
Ashtray Lamp .......................................................................................................................................120 123
Cargo Lamp ......................................................................................................................................... 120 124
Ignition Key W a rn in g ............................................................................................................................ 120 122
Underhood Lamp . .............................................................................................................................. 120 125
Safety Belt Warning Buzzer ........................................................................................................................126 127
Radio .............................................................................................................................................................. 128 130
Power Door L o c k s ................................................................................. ....................................................... 132 133
Power W in d o w s............................................................................................................................................. 134 136
Rear D e fog g er............................................................................................................................................... 137 138
Wiper/Washer ............................................................................................................................................... 139 141
Rear Exterior L a m p s .....................................................................................................................................142 —
Backup Lamps .....................................................................................................................................142 143
Taillam ps............................................................................................................................................... 142 145
Endgate and Fender Clearance Lamps ............................................................................................ 142 147
License Lamps .....................................................................................................................................142 148
S toplam ps............................................................................................................................................. 142 149
Trailer or Camper W irin g ........................................................................................................................— 151
Component Locator Views ............................................................................................................................ — 152
Component Locator In d e x .............................................................................................................................. — 182
Index ................................................................................................................................................................ — 189
Ignition System ............................................................................................................................................... — 47
Electronic Control Module — Gasoline Engine ................................................................................. — 49
Powertrain Control M o d u le ....................................................................................................................— 59
Electronic Control Module — Diesel Engine........................................................................................— 68
Transmission Control Module — Diesel Engine ................................................................................. — 72
 POWER
DOOR LOCKS
(PAGE 132) DOME LAMP
WIPER/WASHER MOTOR (PAGE 120)
(PAGE 139)
REAR DEFOGGER
(PAGE 137)

FUEL PUMP RELAY

(PAGE 49) REAR
EXTERIOR
LAMPS
(PAGE 142)
AIR
CONDITIONING
(PAGE 107)
UNDERHOOD LAMP
ASSEMBLY
(PAGE 120)

BATTERY
(PAGE 13)
HEADLAMP
(PAGE 25)

FRONT EXTERIOR
LAMPS
(PAGE 25)

FOG LAMPS ANTILOCK

(PAGE 25) BRAKE
AUXILIARY BATTERY MODULE
(PAGE 18) (PAGE 90)
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Circuit diagrams provide a schematic picture of how a COMPONENT LOCATIONS
circuit is provided voltage, what the current path is to the
The purpose of this manual is to provide clean and sim­
ple electrical circuit diagrams for each electrical system.
NOTICE components, and how the circuit is grounded. When you are ready to locate the schematic compo­
nents on the vehicle, use the Component Locations chart,
For ease of diagnosis, all connectors (C), splices (S),
see Figure 3.

>
• Clean and simple electrical circuit diagrams. grounds (G) and grommets (GT) are identified by their
• Discussion of circuit electrical operation. own unique number. This number is used to reference Listed in the LH column are the components shown on
• Simplified diagnosis and testing procedures. component locations and also for identification in the the schematic. Next to the Fuse Block is the location,
• Component location views. diagnostic charts. The beginning digit designates the “ Behind LH side of l/R” Reference to LH and RH is made
ZONE at which the connector, splice or ground can be as though the technician were sitting in the driver’s seat.
Each electrical system or circuit will provide the follow­ It iA found. For example: C302. The “ C ” is for connector, the
“ 3” represents Zone 300 and 02 is the connector number.
On the same line, in the far right column, is the page-fig-
ing information: ure reference. In this case, you are directed to Figure 37
• Circuit Operation. C O N T E N T S S E N S IT IV E in the Component Locator Views.
The following is a list of Zones for the vehicle:
• Circuit Diagrams. TO
• Component Location. Where connectors are listed, the number of cavities is
STATIC E L E C T R IC ITY ZONE LOCATION
• Diagnosis Charts. provided. This represents the total number of cavities in
100 — At and forward of bulkhead. the connector, regardless of how many are actually used.
HANDLE IN ACCORDANCE W ITH STATIC CONTROL
PROCEDURES GM9107P AND GM9108P. 200 — Within l/R This information is provided to help you identify connec­
HANDLING ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE OR GM D IV IS IO N A L SERVICE MANUALS.
300 — From l/P to rear of cab.
F-05403 tors on the vehicle. Only in-line connector locations are
(ESD) SENSITIVE PARTS 400 — Rearward of cab. given.
500 — Within left door.
When handling an electronic part that has an ESD sen­ Figure 1 — Electronic Discharge Warning 600 — Within right door. Grounds are listed next in the table. The location
sitive sticker (Figure 1), the service technician should fol­ 900 — Within rear doors. description for ground G302 reads, “ Behind LH side of
low these guidelines to reduce any possible electrostatic l/R on ALDL bracket.” You are directed to Figure 32.
charge build-up on the service technician’s body and the CIRCUIT OPERATION All connectors are shown with their part numbers and
Nearly every component, connector, ground or splice
electronic part in the dealership: are viewed from the mating end. The part number is used
shown on a schematic can be pinpointed visually by using
The description of circuit operation provides a simpli­ to save time when ordering replacement parts. All compo­
1. Do not open the package until it is time to install the the Component Location Views in the back of this manual.
fied discussion of what is happening within each circuit. nents and switches are shown in their rest position,
part. The discussion includes power application, ground paths unless otherwise marked.
2. Avoid touching the electrical terminals of the part. and component operation. The explanation is tied to the
3. Before removing the part from its package, ground the Each wiring circuit is identified by circuit number, size
circuit diagram, and in some cases, to specific switch (in mm2) and color. Wire colors are shown in the abbrevi­
package to a known good ground on the vehicle. movement or components in a circuit.
4. Always touch a known good ground before handling ated form. Figure 2 shows how the circuit numbers and
the part. This should be repeated while handling the color abbreviations are identified in this manual.
part and more frequently after sliding across the seat, CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
There are three types of lines used to depict circuits
sitting down from a standing position or walking a dis­ throughout the circuit diagrams. They are as shown:
tance. The circuit diagrams show the circuits and components
that are covered in that particular system. By eliminating
circuits and components not related to the systems being ™ 2-5.0 r e d Solid Color Circuit Line
covered, the circuit diagrams are greatly simplified.
m
j 2-3.0 r e d / w h t — Circuit Line With Tracer
RPO Variant Circuit Line

COMPONENT LOCATION Page - Figure

BRN
....................... Behind LH side of l/P.......................................................... ..1 6 2-3 7
Headlamp Dimmer Switch.................................................. ....................... Behind LH side of l/P, on steering column................... ..1 6 2 -3 6
I
Low Beam Headlamp Relay.............................................. ....................... LH side of dash paneL........................................................ ..1 7 1 -5 7
COLOR OF WIRE INSULATION C100 (36 Cavities) (Diesel)................................................ ....................... Engine compartment, on LH front of dash.................... ..1 5 9 -2 8
C 100 (36 Cavities) (Gasoline)........................................... ....................... Engine compartment, on LH front of dash.................... ..1 5 6 -1 9
B L K ___ P P L ___ G 1 0 4 ........................................................................................ ....................... Behind LH headlamp, on radiator support................... .... 149-5
WIRE B R N ___ YEL ___ G 1 0 5 .............. ......................................................................... ....................... Behind RH headlamp, on fender............................ ,....... ..1 6 6 -4 7
CIRCUIT —1 WIRE SIZE GRN . . .
IN SQ. MM. WHT . . . ___ White G 3 0 2 ........................................................................................ ....................... Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL bracket........................ ..1 6 1-3 2
NUMBER ORN . . . . . . . Orange B L U ___ S101......................................................................................... ....................... Front lights harness, LH side of engine compartment.. 166-47
GRA . . . PN K ___ S102......................................................................................... ....................... Front lights harness, behind LH headlamp................... .. 166-47
RST . . . . DK ........ S103......................................................................................... ....................... Front lights harness, behind RH headlamp.................. ..1 6 6 -4 7
S104......................................................................................... ....................... Front lights harness, behind LH headlamp................... ..1 6 6 -4 7
L T .......... ........ Light
S307......................................................................................... ....................... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above
steering column................................................................... .. 167-37
....................... At LH side of dash panel (engine compartment)........ 159-29
F-05975
DIAGNOSIS Check For The Cause Of The Problem BASIC ELECTRICITY
(Diagnosis Charts)
Before beginning any diagnosis, there are several Ohm’s Law states that voltage (E) is equal to resistance
important steps that should be taken: The Diagnosis Charts (Figure 4) are a step-by-step (R) (ohms) time current (I) (amperes) in a circuit
approach to diagnose of symptom. Each chart covers one (E = R x I). The equation can also be shown as I = E/R
symptom. For example, “ Horns(s) will not operate.” or R = E/I.
Verify The Problem
The charts are divided into three columns; Test, Result If any two of the values are known for a given circuit,
Operate the system and list symptoms in order to: and Action. the missing one can be found by substituting the values in
• Check the accuracy and completeness of the com­ amperes, volts or ohms and solving for the missing value.
The Test procedures are listed in numerical sequence
plaint. and must be followed in that order. Each test step will In a typical simple circuit, battery voltage is applied to a
• Learn more that might give a clue to the nature and describe what must be done to the circuit, what test bulb through a 10-amp fuse and a switch. Closing the
location of the problem. equipment to use and where to connect the test equip­ switch turns on the bulb.
ment. To find the circuit current flow, use the equation:
• Analyze what parts of the system are working.
After the test procedure has been performed, refer to Figure 6 — Short Circuit
I = E/R. Filling in the numbers for the equation:
Check The Circuit Diagram the Result column. This will list possible results of the
test. Once the result has been found, follow it directly over I = 12 volts (E)/2 ohms (R), or I = 6 amps. Grounded Circuit (Figure 7)
Refer to the Circuit Diagram for clues to the problem. to the Action column. The bulb in this circuit operates at 6 amps and is rated
Location and identification of circuit components may give The Action column will instruct what must be done to to operate at this level. With 12 volts applied to the bulb, it A grounded circuit is like a short circuit but the current
some idea of where the problem is. will glow at the rated level. flows directly into a ground circuit that is not part of the
correct the problem or will list the next test step to be per­
original circuit. This may be caused by a wire rubbing
The circuit diagrams are designed to make it easy to formed.
against the frame or body. Sometimes a wire will break
identify common points in circuits. This knowledge can It is important to remember that a problem in one sys­ CIRCUIT MALFUNCTIONS and fall against metal that is connected electrically to the
help narrow the problem to a specific area. For example, if tem could result in a symptom in another system. ground side of the voltage supply. A grounded circuit may
several circuits fail at the same time, check for a common There are three electrical conditions that can cause a also be caused by deposits of oil, dirt or moisture around
voltage or ground connection. If part of a circuit fails, non-working circuit; an “Open Circuit,” a “ Short Circuit,” connections or terminals, which provide a good path to
check the connections between the part that works and Make The Repair or a “ Ground Circuit.” ground.
the part that does not work.
Repair the problem circuit as directed in the diagnosis
For example, if the low beam headlamps work, but the charts. Open Circuit (Figure 5)
high beams and the indicator lamp do not, then voltage
and ground paths are good. Since the dimmer switch is An open circuit occurs whenever there is a break in the
the component which switches this voltage, it is most Verify That The Repair Is Complete circuit, the break can be corrosion at the connector, a wire
likely the cause of failure. broken off in a component, a wire that burned open from
Operate the system and check that the repair has too much current, or a component not operating as it
Read “Circuit Operation” removed all symptoms, and also has not caused any new should.
symptoms.
Read the Circuit Operation for the problem circuit. By
studying the circuit diagram and circuit operation, enough
: N/ W V X
information should be learned to narrow the cause to one
component or one portion of the circuit.

HEADLAMPS DO NOT ILLUMINATE HIGH OR LOW BEAMS—BOTH SIDES Figure 7 — Grounded Circuit
TEST RESULT ACTION
JL JL ELECTRICAL TEST EQUIPMENT
1. C h e c k condition of P A R K LP fuse. F use is not blow n. G O to step 2.

F u s e is blow n. LO C A TE and R E P A IR s ou rce of Various electrical testers have been developed over the
years. A few of these are basic but are required to per­
2. W ith the light sw itch O N , Test la m p lights.
overload . T h e n , R E P L A C E fuse.

G O to step 3.
I B -0 0 7 2 3
form a thorough electrical diagnosis. These include:
c o n n e c t a test lam p fro m O R N • Jumper wires • Voltmeter
Test la m p d o e s not light. L O C A T E and R E P A IR open in O R N
(2 4 0 ) w ire at light switch
(2 4 0 ) w ire from light sw itch to Figure 5 — Open Circuit
c o n n ecto r C 3 0 4 to gro un d. • Test lamps • Ohmmeter
fu s e block.

3. C o n n e c t a test la m p from Y E L (10) Test la m p lights. G O to step 4. • Self-powered test lamps • Ammeter
w ire at light sw itch c o n n e c to r Short Circuit (Figure 6)
C 3 0 4 to g round.
Test la m p d oes not light. R E P L A C E light sw itch. All of these testers come in a variety of models and any
A short circuit happens when the current bypasses part working model will be adequate for simple tests. However,
4. C o n n e ct a test lam p from LT G R N Test la m p lights. R E P A IR open in LT G R N (1 1 ) w ire accuracy becomes important when the value of a reading
(11) w ire at d im m e r switch fro m d im m e r sw itch to lights.
of the normal circuit. This bypassing is usually caused by
wires touching, salt water in or on a component such as a obtained using a meter is critical to the diagnosis proce­
con nector C 3 0 5 to ground.
Test la m p d oes not light. R E P L A C E d im m e r sw itch. switch or a connector, or solder melting and bridging con­ dure. Make sure any electrical test meter used is of suffic­
ductors in a component. ient quality and accuracy to make the measurements
required in the electrical testing.
Jumper Wires Meters At normal operating voltage, most circuits have a char­
NOTICE: Test lamps are to be used only on cir­ acteristic amount of current flow, referred to as normal
cuits that do not contain solid state devices. If a Three types of meters are generally used for diagnosis. current draw. Current draw is measured in amperes
Jumper wires allow “ jumping” across a suspected test lamp is used in a circuit containing a solid
open or break in a circuit. They are: (amps) with an ammeter. Comparing measured current
state device, the current that the test lamp draw with the specified current draw rating provides use­
• If the circuit works properly with the jumper wire in would draw would be above the current that the 1. The Ammeter. ful diagnostic information.
place, but does not work when the jumper wire is solid state device would be able to handle.
2. The Ohmmeter. Disconnect the circuit from the voltage source before
removed, the circuit has an open spot. Using a test lamp on a solid state device may
destroy the device. 3. The Voltmeter. connecting the ammeter. The ammeter (Figure 8) must be
• A circuit, without any opens or breaks has continuity placed in series with the circuit being tested. Be sure that
and needs no further testing. These meters are available in two designs. They are: the ammeter’s positive terminal is connected to the posi­
The jumper is usually a long wire with alligator clamps. Once one becomes familiar with the test lamp and the 1. Analog (Needle-Type). tive (battery) side of the circuit and its negative terminal to
A version of the jumper has a fuse holder in it with a 10- brilliance of the bulb in a normal circuit, high-resistance the negative (ground) side of the circuit.
2. Digital (Electronic Display-Type).
amp fuse. This will prevent damaging the circuit if the circuits can be recognized by the effect they have on the
jumper is connected in the wrong way. bulb. As the current drops in a high-resistance circuit, the
bulb in the test lamp will glow less brightly. Although the CAUTION: Never connect an ammeter across a
The jumper is used to locate opens in a circuit. One end 12-volt test lamp cannot be used as a foolproof test for CAUTION: The correct type of meter must be circuit like a voltmeter. The ammeter could be
of the jumper is attached to a voltage source and the other high resistance, a less than normal brilliance of the lamp used when diagnosing circuits containing solid damaged by the vehicle electrical system.
end is attached to the load in the circuit, i.e., lamps motor. is an indication of circuit high resistance. Further testing state devices. Incorrect use of the meters will
If the load works, try “ jumping” to circuit points that are will verify the condition and locate the cause. result in damage to the solid state devices.
progressively closer to the voltage supply. When the cir­ Excessive current draw is responsible for blowing fuses
Analog meters may be used for any circuit not
cuit load stops working, the open has been located. and, in some cases, draining the battery. An ammeter will
Powered Test Lamp containing a solid state device, while a digital
help diagnose these conditions by locating the cause of
The jumper is also used to test components in the cir­ meter MUST be used to diagnose any circuit
the excessive current draw. On the other hand, there are
cuit such as connectors, switches, and suspected high with a solid state device. Circuits which contain
This lamp is a pencil shaped unit with a self-contained times when a reduced current draw at a component (a
resistance points. a solid state device, such as the Electronic Con­
battery, a 1.5 volt lamp bulb, a sharp probe and a ground power window motor for example) causes unsatisfactory
trol Module, should be tested only with a 10-
lead fitted with an alligator clip. performance of an electrical system.
Unpowered Test Lamp megaohm or higher impedance digital
This test lamp is used mainly for testing components multimeter (J 29125 or equivalent).
This tool consists of a 12-volt lamp with leads. The ends that are disconnected from the vehicle voltage supply. The Ohmmeter (Figures 9 and 11)
of the leads usually have alligator clamps, but various powered test lamp is also useful for testing suspected
kinds of probes, terminal spades, and special connectors high resistance points in a circuit such as connectors and Ammeter (Figures 8 and 11) The ohmmeter is used to read resistance (ohms) or to
also are used. ground circuits that are corroded or loose. check for opens or shorts in a circuit or component. There
An ammeter is used to measure current flow (amper­ are both analog-type and digital-type ohmmeters.
The 12-volt test lamp continuity tester uses the vehicle’s
battery to provide voltage to the circuit under test. 12-volt age) in a circuit. Amperes are units of electron flow which
• An analog-type meter shows the actual resistance on a
testers are manufactured with a variety of tips, to permit NOTICE: The following instruments: Ammeter, indicate how many electrons are passing through the cir­
scale by the movement of a needle.
touching them to connectors, bare wires, insulated wires Voltmeter, and Ohmmeter, each have a particu­ cuit. Ohm’s Law indicates that current flow in a circuit is
or even wires within wiring harnesses. To check the tester lar application for diagnosing electrical circuits. equal to the circuit voltage divided by total circuit resist­ • On a digital-type meter, the resistance measured is con­
before use, briefly touch the clip to one side of the battery ance. verted inside the meter to a numerical output which is
When using an ammeter or voltmeter, and the
and the probe to the other. 12-volt testers are NOT sensi­ shown on a display panel.
value being tested is unknown, always use the
tive to polarity in a circuit, and can be connected either highest scale first and work downward to a Ohmeters use a small battery to supply the voltage and
way. midscale reading whenever possible. This will current which flows through the circuit being tested. The
The 12-volt test lamp generally has a sharp probe tip so avoid damage to the instrument. current flows through the circuit, positions the needle on
it can be inserted into connector terminals or through the analog-type meters, or converts to a digital readout on
Never use an ohmmeter in a voltage circuit, or
wire insulation for testing. It is important to keep the probe digital-type meters. This is done in terms of resistance as
as a substitute for a voltmeter or ammeter as
tip sharp to minimize the damage to wire insulation. shown in Ohm’s Law - R = E/I.
damage to the instrument will result.
When the test is complete at a particular point, be sure to Although there are several different styles of analog
tape any holes made in wire insulation. ohmmeters, all will usually have the following features in
The unpowered test lamp is used on an open circuit. addition to the meter movement:
One lead of the test lamp is grounded and the other lead • A range selector switch which permits the selection of
is moved around the circuit to find the open. Depending different ranges of resistance.
on the physical layout of the circuit, sometimes it will be
easier to start at the voltage supply and other times it is • A set adjust control which allows the meter to be set at
easier to start at the circuit load or ground circuit. zero for accurate measurements.
• Some model ohmmeters also have a built-in feature
that allows the ohmmeter to be used as a self-powered
test lamp.
 Digital meters do not have to be zeroed. They have vari­ Voltmeter (Figures 10 and 11) terminals, loose connections or other similar problems
ous ranges just like the analog meters. reduce the voltage available across the key circuit com­
The voltmeter (properly observed) will give the techni­ ponents. The current flow is reduced in the circuit and
cian more information than the ammeter, ohmmeter and all of the affected components operate at less than
test lamp combined. Its application for diagnosis here is peak efficiency. A small drop across wires (conductors),
to measure the electrical pressure (voltage) drop in a switches, connectors, etc., is normal. (This is due to the
resistance circuit (Figure 10). Voltage drop is a reduction resistance of the conductors but should be less than 10
or “ using up” of the voltage to push electricity through a percent of the total drop.)
resistance. It can be compared to the pressure of water When using a voltmeter:
flowing through a metering valve. VOLTS
• Be sure to connect the positive lead to the battery side
VOLTMETER SCALE: 0 Volts through 15 Volts and the negative lead to the ground side of the compo­
nent being checked.
A = 3 Volts • Voltage drop occurs when electricity (current) flows
B = 7 Volts through a resistance. Make sure the voltage drop being
C = 13 Volts measured is only through the component being
checked, not through the component and a poor con­
nection.
• The circuit must be operating (lamp ON or motor run­
ning, for example) to measure voltage drop.
The instrument panel voltmeter (in the vehicle) should
also be observed for monitoring proper operation of the
generator, battery, cranking motor, and cranking circuit. In
this application, battery voltage drop can be monitored
CAUTION: Like a self-powered test lamp, the while the engine is cranking; and after the engine is run­
ohm meter can only be used on circuits where ning, generator output voltage can be monitored. This can
voltage has been removed (Figure 9). It is be a valuable first step before diagnosing other electrical
designed to be operated on its own voltage sup­ AMPERES problems.
ply. This voltage supply provides low voltage and
current levels for the meter to make resistance AMMETER SCALE: 0 Amperes through 10 Amperes
measurements. The 12-volt electrical system volt­ CIRCUIT WIRING REPAIR PROCEDURES
age in the automotive circuits could damage the
E = 1 Ampere
meter. Low voltage to a lamp will make the lamp glow dimly. Maintenance and Repair
F = 1.8 Amperes
This can be caused by low source voltage (battery dis­
G = 9 Amperes All electrical connections must be kept clean and tight.
charge or low alternator output), or by high resistance in
Electrical circuits can be checked for opens using basi­ the circuit due to a poor connection. Before making any Loose or corroded connections may cause a discharged
cally the same procedure as previously described for the meter measurements, it is important to review the relation­ battery, difficult starting, dim lamps, and possible damage
self-powered test lamp. The circuit must be separated ship between current, voltage and resistance (Ohm’s to the generator and regulator. Wires must be replaced if
from all voltage sources. The ohmmeter is connected Law). insulation becomes burned, cracked, or deteriorated.
across the two open ends of the circuit to be checked. A
high reading (infinity) is an indication of an open circuit. A Being able to determine voltage drop is important Always use rosin flux solder to splice a wire or repair
low reading (near zero) is an indication of a continuous cir­ because it provides the following information: one that is frayed or broken and use insulating tape to
cuit. cover all splices or bare wires.
• Too high of a voltage drop indicates excessive resist­
Checks for short circuits are made in a similar manner ance. If, for instance, a blower motor runs too slowly or When replacing wire, it is important that the correct size
to that used for open circuits, except that the circuit being a lamp glows too dimly, one can be sure there is exces­ wire be used as shown on applicable wiring diagrams or
checked must be isolated from both voltage and normal sive resistance in the circuit. By taking voltage drop parts book. Each harness or wire must be held securely in
ground. readings in various parts of the circuit, the problem place to prevent chafing or damage to the insulation due
OHMMETER SCALE: 0 Ohms through Infinity (c*=>) to vibration.
(corroded terminals) for example can be isolated.
Connecting the ohmmeter between an isolated circuit
and a good ground point will allow checking the circuit for • Too low of a voltage drop, likewise, indicates low resist­ H = 5 Ohms Wire size in a circuit is determined by the amount of
shorts to ground. ance. If, for instance, a blower motor runs too fast, the current, the length of the circuit and the voltage drop
I = 36 Ohms
problem could be isolated to a low resistance in a resis­ allowed. Wire size is specified using the metric gage. The
A short to ground in the circuit will be indicated on the J = 115 Ohms
tor pack by taking voltage drop readings. metric gage describes the wire size directly in cross sec­
meter by a near zero reading. A good circuit (no short to K =350 Ohms tion area measured in square millimeters.
ground) will show up as infinity (very high resistance) indi­ • Maximum allowable voltage drop under a load is criti­
cated on the meter. cal, especially if there is more than one high resistance
problem in a circuit. It is important because like all
To measure the resistance of a component or a circuit, resistances, all voltage drops are cumulative. Corroded
the component or circuit must be isolated from all other F -0 1 7 7 8
components (or circuits). The ohmmeter leads are then
placed across the component or circuit and the resistance
is read on the ohmmeter.
 Wiring Connector Terminal Replacement
CAUTION: Never replace a wire with one of a (Blade-Type)
smaller size or replace a fusible link with a wire
of a larger size. Remove or Disconnect (Figure 14)

1. Terminal lock tang.

WIRE SIZE CONVERSION TABLE 2. Terminal (61).

-►4-
METRIC AWG Install or Connect (Figure 15)
SIZE SIZE
(mm)2 1. Pry up on the tang (70).
2. Terminal into the connector.
0.22 24
0.35 22
0.5 20
0.8 18
1.0 16 95
2.0 14
3.0 12
5.0 10
8.0 8
13.0 6
19.0 4 90. Jacket
32.0 2 91. Twisted Wires
40.0 1 92. Splice Clip
50.0 0 93. Crimp and Solder
62.0 00 94. Electrical Tape Wrap
95. Outer Electrical Tape Wrap

B -0 6 2 3 0

Wire Repair Figure 12 — Twisted Wire Repair

The wire repair is very important for the continued reli­ Figure 14 — Removing the Terminals from
able operation of the vehicle. This repair must be done as Twisted Wires/Shielded Cable (Figure 13) the Connector
described in the following procedures.
-►* Remove or Disconnect

Twisted Wires (Figure 12)

1. Jacket (100).
107
Remove or Disconnect 2. Unwrap aluminum/mylar tape (101).
3. Drain wire (102).
1. Jacket (90).
4. Leads.
2. Twisted wires (91).
5. Insulation on the leads. 100. Jacket
3. Insulation from the wire. 101. Aluminum/Mylar Tape
+«- 102. Drain Wire
Install or Connect 103. Splice Clip
-►4- Install or Connect
104. Crimp and Solder
1. Splice clips (103). 105. Electrical Tape Wrap
1. Splice clip (92). 106. Drain Wire Splice Clip, Crimped And
2. Crimp and solder the splice clips (104).
2. Crimp and solder the splice clips (93). Soldered.
3. Electrical tape wrap (105) on the splices. 107. Outer Electrical Tape Wrap.
3. Electrical tape wrap (94) on the splices.
4. Aluminum/mylar tape by wrapping and taping.
4. Outer jacket electrical tape wrap (95). B -0 6 2 3 1
5. Drain wire with a splice clip (106). Crimp and solder the
splice clip.
Figure 13 — Twisted/Shielded Wire Repair Figure 15 — Resetting the Lock Tang
6. Outer jacket electrical tape wrap (107).
Wiring Connector Terminal Replacement Molded-on connectors require complete replacement of
the connection. This means splicing a new connector Install or Connect (Figure 17)
(Twin Lock-Type)
assembly into the harness. Environmental connections
Remove or Disconnect (Figure 16) cannot be replaced with standard connections. Instruc­ 1. Terminal insulator (134) on the wire. Slide the insulator
tions are provided with the Weather-Pack connector and back on the wire about 8 cm (3 inches).
Tool Required: terminal packages.
J 22727 Terminal Remover 2. Terminal (131) on the wire.
With the low current and voltage levels found in some • Roll crimp (132) and solder the terminal.
1. Connector lock tangs (81). circuits, it is important that the best possible bond at all
3. Terminal insulator (134) and the roll crimp (133).
wire splices be made by soldering the splices.
2. Terminal locks using J 22727 (82).
4. Terminal into the connector.
Use care when probing the connections or replacing
3. Terminal (80).
terminals in them. It is possible to short between two ter­ 5. Secondary lock (125).
minals. If this happens, it is possible that damage may be
Install or Connect 6. Connector sections until the primary lock (121)
done to certain components. Always use jumper wires
between connectors for circuit checking. Never probe engages.
1. Pry out the tangs.
through the Weather-Pack seals.
2. Terminal (80) into the connector (81).
When diagnosing for possible open circuits, it is often Metri-Pack Connector Replacement
difficult to locate them by sight because oxidation or ter­
minal misalignment is hidden by the connectors. Merely Remove or Disconnect (Figure 17)
wiggling a connector on a sensor or in the wiring harness
may pinpoint the open circuit condition. This should Tool Required:
always be considered when an open circuit is indicated
J 35689-A Terminal Remover
while diagnosing. Intermittent problems may also be
r>qi ioqH h\/ /’wi/Hi'yarl r \ r i\ rw\ ru\ cva rn n n
uy w a iu i^ - u u v i
u u u o u u
Q n tin n c
ii i w w i i w i i .
1. Primary lock (121) by lifting.

METRI-PACK CONNECTORS 2. Connector body (137).

3. Connector seal (120) by pulling the seal back onto the
The Metri-Pack connectors use a pull-to-seat type ter­ wires away from the connector body (137).
minal, as shown in Figure 17. The special tool required to
remove the terminal is J 35689-A terminal remover. If 4. Terminal (136) by inserting J 35689-A (139) into the
removal is attempted with an ordinary pick, there is a connector body (137) to depress the locking tang (138),
good chance that the terminal will be bent or deformed. then push the wire and terminal through the connector
Refer to Figure 17. body (Figure 17).
• Snip off the old terminal unless the terminal is to
be reused, reshape the locking tang.
Weather-Pack Connector Replacement
5. 5 mm (0.2 inch) of the wire insulation (130).
Remove or Disconnect (Figure 17)
Tool Required: Clean
J 28742 Terminal Remover (Figure 18) • Terminal cavity of the connector body.
1. Primary lock (121) by lifting.
2. Connector sections. Install or Connect (Figure 17)
WEATHER-PACK CONNECTORS 3. Secondary lock (125) by spreading the sides of the
1. Terminal (136) on the wire.
hasp, thus clearing the staples and rotating the hasp
Special connectors known as Weather-Pack connec­ • Crimp and solder the terminal.
(127).
tors (Figure 17) require a special tool J 28742 (Figure 18)
for servicing. This special tool is required to remove the 4. Terminal (136) by using J 28742 (128,139). 2. Terminal (136) into the connector cavity by pulling the
pin and sleeve terminals. If removal is attempted with an • Snip off the old terminal assembly. wire on the seal side of the connector until the locking
ordinary pick, there is a good chance that the terminal will tang (138) is fully seated.
5. 5 mm of the wire insulation (130).
be bent or deformed. Unlike standard blade-type termi­ 3. Seal (120) by pressing the seal into the connector body
nals, these terminals cannot be straightened once they (137) until it is fully seated.
are bent. ig i Clean 4. Connector sections until the primary lock (121)
Make sure that the connectors are properly seated and • Terminal Barrel (124). engages.
all of the sealing rings (120) are in place when connecting
the leads. The hinge-type flap (123) provides a back-up, or
secondary locking feature for terminals. They are used to
improve the connector reliability by retaining the terminals
if the small terminal lock tangs (138) are not positioned
properly.
 1 90 121 122

J 22727

1. Weather-Pack II Terminal Remover

2. Electrical Terminal Remover
3. Signal Generator and Instrument Panel Tester

F-02438

Figure 18 — Special Tools

VIEW B
120. Connector Seal 130. 5 mm (0.2 inch)
121. Primary Lock 131. Terminal
122. Secondary Lock Staple 132. Roll Crimp
123. Secondary Lock 133. Roll Crimp
124. Terminal Barrel 134. Terminal Insulator
125. Secondary Lock 136. Metri-Pack Series 150 Female Terminal
126. Lock Opened 137. Connector Body
127. Lock Opened 138. Locking Tang
128. J 28742-A Terminal Remover 139. J 35689-A Terminal Remover
129. Wire

F -0 2 3 4 9
REGULAR PRODUCTION OPTION (RPO) LIST ABBREVIATION LIST ECM — Electronic Control Module ORN — Orange
EFE — Early Fuel Evaporation
The following is a list of abbreviations used in the wir­ EGR — Exhaust Gas Recirculation
ing diagrams. The abbreviations have been developed in PCM — Powertrain Control Module
AU3 Power Side Door Locks ELEC — Electric
such a way that their meaning should be clear. PK - Park
A31 Power Side Windows ENG — Engine PLR — Puller
B4U Sports Performance Package Use this page as a reference to determine the meaning EPR — Exhaust Pressure Regulator P N K — Pink
CD4 Pulse Wiper/Washer of an abbreviation if necessary. ESC — Electronic Spark Control PNL — Panel
C41 Heater EST — Electronic Spark Timing PPL — Purple
C49 Electric Rear Window Defogger A — Ampere ETR — Electronically Tuned Radio PRESS — Pressure
C5B 15,000 GVW A/C — Air Conditioner EVRV — Electronic Vacuum Regulator Valve PWR — Power
C60 Air Conditioning AC — Alternating Current EXC — Except
C95 Dome and Reading Lamp ACC — Accessory RCVR — Receiver
K05 Heater, Engine Block AIR — Air Injection Reaction F-PUMP — Fuel Pump REF — Reference
K34 Cruise Control AIR/COND — Air Conditioner FLASH — Flasher RESIST — Resistance
K60 Generator, 100 Amp ALDL — Assembly Line Diagnostic Link FRT — Front RH — Right Hand
K99 Generator, 85 Amp ALT — Alternator RPO — Regular Production Option
LB4 Engine, 4.3L (262 CID) V6 Gasoline Engine, AMP — Ampere 4WD — Four-Wheel Drive RST - Rust
V IN Z ANTI — Anticipate RWAL — Rear Wheel Antilock
LH6 Engine, 6.2L (378 CID) V8 Diesel, VIN C ASM — Assembly GEN — Generator
LL4 Engine, 6.2L (378 CID) V8 HD Diesel, VIN J ASSY — Assembly GRA — Gray SEN — Sensor
L03 Engine, 5.0L (305 CID) V8 Gasoline, VIN H AUD — Audio GRD — Ground SEND — Sender
L05 Engine, 5.7L (350 CID) V8 Gasoline, VIN K AUTO — Automatic GRN — Green SIG — Signal
L19 Engine, 7.4L (454 CID) V8 Gasoline, VIN N AUX — Auxilliary SIL — Silver
MD8 Auto Trans, 4-Spd W/Overdrive HAND — Handling SKT — Socket
MG5 Man Trans, 5-Spd W/Overdrive BAT — Battery HZ — Hazard SOL — Solenoid
MT1 Auto Trans, HD, 4-Spd W/Overdrive BATT — Battery HD — Heavy Duty SPEEDO — Speedometer
MT8 Man Trans, 5-Spd W/Overdrive BI-LEV — Bi-Level HD LP — Headlamp STR — Stripe
R05 Dual Rear Wheels BLK — Black HEI — High Energy Ignition SW — Switch
TP2 Auxiliary Battery BLT — Belt HI — High
TR9 Auxiliary Lighting Package BLU — Blue HTR — Heater TACH — Tachometer
T61 Canadian Daytime Running Lamps BOT — Bottom TBI — Throttle Body Injection
UF2 Cargo Lamp BRK — Brake IAC — Idle Air Control TCC — Torque Converter Clutch
UM6 Radio, ETR AM/FM Stereo, Cassette BRN — Brown IGN — Ignition TEMP — Temperature
UM7 Radio, ETR AM/FM Stereo, W/O Cassette BU — Backup ILLUM — Illumination T/L — Taillamp
UX1 Radio, ETR AM/FM Stereo, Cassette W/ BUZZ — Buzzer l/P — Instrument Panel TP — Throttle Position
Equalizer INC — Increased TRANS — Transmission
UY7 Truck Trailer Wiring Harness, HD CID — Cubic Inch Displacement IND — Indicator TYP — Typical
U01 Roof Marker Lamps CIR/BRK — Circuit Breaker INJ — Injector
U63 Radio, MTR AM CIRC — Circuit INST — Instrument V — Volt
U66 Speakers, Four CLSTR — Cluster INTER — Interior VAC — Vacuum
VR4 Trailering Equipment Platform Hitch CNTRL — Control VLV - Valve
V22 Quad Halogen Headlamps COMP — Compartment LD — Light Duty VSS — Vehicle Speed Sensor
Z49 Canadian Package COMP — Compressor LH — Left Hand
Z82 Trailering Equipment CONN — Connector LO — Low W/ — With
CONV — Convenience LP — Lamp W/O — Without
CTSY — Courtesy LPS — Lamps W/S — Windshield
CYL — Cylinder LT — Light W WASHER — Window Washer
LTR — Lighter WDO — Window
DC — Direct Current WHT — White
DEF — Defrost M — Motor WGR — Wiring
DK — Dark MAN — Manual
DIAG — Diagnostic MAP — Manifold Absolute Pressure YEL — Yellow
DIM — Dimmer MAX — Maximum
DIR — Directional MED — Medium
DISC — Discrete MRKR — Marker
DIST — Distributor MTR — Manually Tuned Radio
DIV — Diverter MULT — Multiple
DM — Dome
DR — Door NAT — Natural
DRAC — Digital Ratio Adapter Controller NEU — Neutral
DRL — Daytime Running Lamps NO — Normally Open
NC — Normally Closed
SYMPTOM PAGE SYM PTOM PAG E

AIR CONDITIONING HEADLAMPS

A/C compressor does not engage ..........................................................................................................................107 Headlamps do not illuminate high or low beams — both s id e s ............................................................................. 25
Air inlet valve motor does not operate..................................................................................................................... 108 Low beam lamp(s) do not operate .............................................................................................................................25
None of the air valves operate c o rre c tly ................................................................................................................. 108 High beam lamp(s) do not o p e ra te .............................................................................................................................26
Temperature door motor does not operate ............................................................................................................. 109 Canadian daytime running lamps do not operate..................................................................................................... 26
Mode door motor does not operate......................................................................................................................... 109 Canadian daytime running lamps stay on ................................................................................................................26
Blower motor does not operate in any m o d e ........................................................................................................... 110
Blower motor does not run in HI ..............................................................................................................................110 HEATER
Blower motor does not run in M E D ..........................................................................................................................110 Blower motor does not operate at a l l ........................................................................................................................ 116
Blower motor does not run in L O ..............................................................................................................................111 Blower motor does not run in HI but only in LO and/or M E D ............................................................................... 116
Display does not dim p ro p e rly ..................................................................................................................................111 Blower motor does not operate in LO and/or MED but only in H I ......................................................................... 116
Heater panel lamps do not work ...............................................................................................................................116
AUXILIARY COOLING FAN
Cooling fan does not r u n .......................................................................................................................................... 114 HORNS
Cooling fan runs continuously..................................................................................................................................114 Horn(s) will not o perate................................................................................................................................................42
Horn sounds continuously without depressing horn s w itc h ....................................................................................42
BRAKE SYSTEMS
Brake indicator remains on with ignition switch in run and park brake o f f ................. .......................................... 90 INSTRUMENT PANEL: GAGES AND INDICATORS
Brake indicator does not light during a warning condition or during the antilock system c h e c k ........................90 Fuel gage indicates full or beyond at all tim e s ......................................................................................................... 94
Fuel gage indicates empty when there is fuel in the tank ......................................................................................95
CHARGING Fuel gage is inaccurate................................................................................................................................................95
Volts indicator does not light with ignition switch in run and engine stopped ..................................................... 45 Temperature gage indicates hot with engine coolant below operating temperature and ignition switch in run . 95
Volts indicator stays on when engine is ru n nin g .......................................................................................................45 Temperature gage indicates cold all the t im e ........................................................................................................... 95
Battery is undercharged or overcharged ................................................................................................................. 45 Temperature indicator stays on at all times with ignition switch in r u n .................................................................. 95
Temperature gage is not accurate ................................................................................................ „..........................96
CRUISE CONTROL Temperature indicator does not light with engine coolant overheated .................................................................. 96
Cruise control does not disengage when clutch or brake pedal(s) are depressed.............................................118 Check gages or temperature indicator does not light with ignition switch in bulb test or s t a r t ..........................96
Cruise control does not operate................................................................................................................................118 Oil pressure gage indicates low pressure when oil pressure is good .................................................................. 96
Oil pressure gage indicates high pressure at all times ..........................................................................................96
DIESEL ENGINE FUEL CONTROLS Oil pressure gage is not accurate.............................................................................................................................. 96
Fuel heater does not operate .................................................................................................................................... 77 Voltmeter is not accurate ........................................................................................................................................... 96
Service fuel filter indicator lights with no water in f u e l............................................................................................77 Speedometer is inoperative or inaccurate .................................................................................................. .........96
Service fuel filter indicator does not light briefly with ignition switch turned to r u n .............................................77 Low coolant indicator does not light with coolant level low (Diesel o n ly ).............................................................. 97
Low coolant indicator is lit when coolant level is g o o d ............................................................................................ 97
FRONT EXTERIOR LAMPS
Turn signals do not work on one s id e ....................................................................................................................... 27 INTERIOR LAMPS AND KEY-IN WARNING BUZZER
Turn signals do not operate ......................................................................................................................................27 Courtesy lamps do not o pe ra te ................................................................................................................................ 120
Turn signal lamps flash ra p id ly ..................................................................................................................................27 Dome lamp does not work or stays on all the time ' .............................................................................................. 120
Hazard warning lamps do not o p e ra te ..................................................................................................................... 28 Cargo lamp does not work .......................................................................................................................................120
Front and side marker lamps do not operate ...........................................................................................................28 l/P compartment box lamp does not work .............................................................................................................121
Roof marker lamps do not o p e ra te ........................................................................................................................... 28 Key-in warning buzzer does not o pe ra te .................................................................... ............................................ 121
Underhood lamp does not work ..............................................................................................................................121
FOG LAMPS
Fog lamps will not operate ........................................................................................................................................ 27 MARKER LAMPS (QUAD ONLY)
Front park and side marker lamps do not o p e ra te .................................................................................................. 28
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE
Four-wheel drive will not disengage......................................................................................................................... 88 POWER DOOR LOCKS
Four-wheel drive indicator lamp will not turn o f f ...................................................................................................... 88 Power door locks do not operate from either s w itc h .............................................................................................. 132
Four-wheel drive will not engage ............................................................................................................................. 88 Both switches only open one door lock ................................................................................................................. 132
Four-wheel drive engages but 4WD indicator lamp will not lig h t ...........................................................................88 Power door locks only work from one lock switch ................................................................................................ 132

GLOW PLUGS POWER WINDOWS

Wait indicator does not flash or flashes for the incorrect amount of time when engine is below Both power windows do not o p e ra te ....................................................................................................................... 134
normal operating temperature..................................................................................................................................82 LH power window does not operate or only goes in one dire ction ...................................................................... 134
Wait indicator stays on or flashes when engine is at normal operating temperature and ignition RH power window only operates from driver’s side window switch .................................................................... 134
switch in run position (VIN C engine only) .............................................................................................................83 RH power window does not operate from either switch ....................................................................................... 135
SYMPTOM PAGE
RADIO
AM Radio
Radio does not appear to work (no display lights, no so un d )................................................................................128
Clock (if equipped) does not operate ...................................................................................................................... 128
Panel lamp does not come o n ................................................................................................................................... 128
Display dimming function will not o p e ra te ................................................................................................................128
No sound or distorted sound from a s p e a k e r......................................................................................................... 128
AM/FM Stereo Radio with Options
Radio does not appear to work (no display lights, no so un d )................................................................................128
Clock does not o p e ra te ..............................................................................................................................................129
Panel lamp does not come o n ...................................................................................................................................129
Display dimming function will not o pe ra te ................................................................................................................129
Cassette deck does not o p e ra te ...............................................................................................................................129
Graphic equalizer does not operate ........................................................................................................................ 129

REAR DEFOGGER
Rear window defogger does not work and on indicator does not lig h t................................................................ 137
On indicator works but rear window defogger does not d e fro s t........................................................................... 137
Rear defogger panel lamp does not w o rk ............................................................................................................... 137

REAR EXTERIOR LAMPS

Stoplamps do not o p e ra te ......................................................................................................................................... 142
None of the rear lamp systems operate ..................................................................................................................142
Backup lamps do not o p e ra te ...................................................................................................................................142

ROOF MARKER LAMPS

Roof marker lamps do not o p e ra te ............................................................................................................................ 28

SAFETY BELT WARNING BUZZER

The safety belt warning buzzer does not operate.................................................................................................. 126
The safety belt warning buzzer operates when safety belt is b u c k le d ................................................................ 126

STARTING
Engine does not crank and starter solenoid does not c lic k ................................................................................... 44
Starter solenoid clicks, engine does not crank or cranks s lo w ly ...........................................................................44

WIPER/WASHER
Wipers do not operate in any mode ........................................................................................................................139
Wipers run at low speed only (high speed inoperative) ........................................................................................139
Wipers run at high speed only (low speed inoperative) ........................................................................................140
Wipers will not shut off ............................................................................................................................................. 140
No delay in the pulse (delay) m o d e ..........................................................................................................................140
Washer will not operate (w/o pulse w ip e rs)............................................................................................................. 140
Washer will not operate (w/pulse wipers) ............................................................................................................... 140
 50-2.0 BRN—HEATER—AIR CONDITIONING • 300-3.0 ORN—IGNITION SWITCH—BAT

40-1.0 ORN/BLK—INTERIOR LAM PS----------- 2-3.0 RED—BATTERY

240-1.0 ORN—LT SWITCH—REAR EXTERIOR LAMPS 350-2.0 PNK/WHT—4 WHEEL DRIVE

4-3.0 BRN—IGNITION SWITCH—ACC 250-.8 BRN/WHT-BRAKE MODULE

93-1.0 WHT—WINDSHIELD WASHER/WIPER 300-3.0 ORN-IGNITION SWITCH—BAT

93-1.0 WHT—WINDSHIELD WASHER/WIPER 39-.8 PNK/BLK—CONVENIENCE CENTER

43-.8 YEL—RADIO 3-3.0 PNK—IGNITION SWITCH—IGN

76-3.0 PNK—POWER WINDOWS □ a L /T B SHUNT (TYPICAL)

38-1.0 DK BLU-TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
4-3.0 BRN—IGNITION SWITCH—ACC
m s /i 75-.8 DK BLU—BACKUP LAMP SWITCH
60-3.0 ORN/BLK—ACCESSORIES
439-.8 PNK/WHT—ECM/IGNITION
2-3.0 RED—IGNITION SWITCH—BAT B U T S ^D □
3-3.0 PNK—IGNITION SWITCH—IGN GAS
806-.8 PPL/WHT—CRANK ENGINES
S U E □ □ □ □ 481-.8 RED—INJECTOR “A” ONLY
6-3.0 PPL—STARTER SOLENOID FEED
II II 11 II II 11 IT 44-.8 DK GRN—PANEL & INTERIOR LAMPS
340-3.0 RED—DRL RELAY (CANADA ONLY) CONTROL SWITCH

2-3.0 RED/BLK—IGNITION SWITCH—BAT (CANADA ONLY) 2-1.0 ORN—BATTERY

GAS
ENGINES 8-.35 GRA—PANEL LAM PS--------------------------------------------- 140-.8 ORN-HAZARD FLASHER
ONLY

FUSE FUSE COLOR & HOT FUSE FUSE COLOR & HOT
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
LOCATION PART NO. AMPERES CONDITION LOCATION PART NO. AMPERES CONDITION
ACC/BAT Door Locks INJA 12004007 RED HOT IN
(Circuit HOT AT Rear Defogger 10 AMR START OR Throttle Body Injectors
Breaker) ALL TIM ES Fog Lamps RUN
30 AMR Fog Lamp Switch Pilot Lamp
PANEL LPS Cluster Illumination
ACC/IGN HOT IN HOT W ITH Rear Window Defogger Switch Illumination
(Circuit ACCY OR Power Windows TAN LIGHT Headlamp "O N ” Warning
12004005
Breaker) 30 AMR RUN 5 AMR SW ITCH Radio Illumination
HOT IN Heater or Air Conditioning ON Heater or Air Conditioning Illumination
A/C HTR 12004010 W HITE
25 AMR RUN Auxiliary Battery Relay Four-Wheel Drive Illumination
Four-Wheel Drive Indicator Fog Lamp Switch Illumination

Instrument Cluster — Speedometer PARK LP Horn Relay

BRAKE 12004008 LT. BLUE HOT IN
15 AMR RUN Rear Wheel Anti lock Brakes Horn Feed
License Lamps
CRANK 12004005 TAN HOT IN Clearance Lamps
Crank
5 AMR START YELLOW HOT AT Ashtray Lamp
Dome Lamp 12004009 20 AMR ALL TIM ES Park Lamps
CTSY
Cargo Lamp End Gate Lamps with Dual Rear Wheels
YELLOW HOT AT Courtesy and l/P Compartment Box Lamp Roof Marker Lamps
12004009 Radio Memory and Clock Cab Chassis Rear Lamps
20 AMR ALL TIM ES
Low Beam Headlamps Trailer/Camper Lamps
Cigar Lighter
DRL LT BLUE HOT AT
12004008 Canadian Daytime Running Lamps HOT IN
15 AMR ALL TIM ES
RADIO 12004007 RED ACCY OR Radio Feed
ECM/IGN Transmission Converter Clutch 10 AMR RUN
Air Diverter
HOT IN Electronic Spark Control STOP HAZ Hazard Flasher
RED
12004007 Exhaust Gas Recirculation TAN HOT AT Seat Belt Buzzer
10 AMR START OR 12004005
RUN ECM — Ignition 5 AMR ALL TIM ES Stoplamps
Rear Wheel Antilock Brake Switch Rear Wheel Antilock Brakes Memory

Cruise Control TU R N BU Backup Lamps

GAGES
Rear Defogger Timer LT BLUE HOT IN Turn Signals
HOT IN Auxiliary Battery Relay Feed 12004008 15 AMR START Cab Chassis Rear Lamps
YELLOW
12004009 Seat Belt Warning OR RUN Trailer/Camper Harness
20 AMR ACCY OR
RUN Instrument Cluster Ignition Feed HOT IN
Daytime Running Lamp Relay (Canada) W IPER WHITE ACCY OR Windshield Wiper
HOT IN 12004010 25 AMR RUN Windshield Washer
TRANS 12004007 RED START Transmission 4W D WHITE HOT IN Four-Wheel Drive
OR RUN 12004010
10 AMP 25 AMR RUN
LAMP BULB DATA
AC Type Guide Lamps are recomended when replace­
ment becomes necessary.

BULB DATA

Power Rating
Lamp Usage Quantity Trade No. at 12.8V, Watts
Headlamps (2) Headlamp System 2 6052 55/65
2 H6054 (Opt.) 35/65
(4) Headlamp System 2 9005 65
2 9006 55
Candle Power
Taillamp and Stoplamp 2 3057 32-2
Backup Lamp 1 3156 32
Dome Lamps 1 211-2 12
Oil Pressure Lamp1 1 194 2
Battery Indicator Lamp 1 194 2
Instrument Cluster Illuminating Lamps 194 2
Headlamp Beam Indicator Lamp 1 161 1
Temperature Indicator Lamp1 1 194 2
Turn Signal Indicator Lamp 194 2
Brake Warning Indicator 1 194 2
Wait Lamp2 1 194 2
Heater or A/C Control 194 .5
Radio Dial Lamp 1 1893 2
Four-Wheel Drive Indicator 1 161 2
Courtesy Lamp 1 1003 15
Low Coolant Lamp 1 194 2
Safety Belt Warning 1 194 2
Four-Wheel Drive Shift Lever 1 194 1
Service Fuel Filter Lamp2 1 194 2
Dome and Reading Lamp 211-2 12
Check Gages Lamp3 1 194 2
Service Engine Soon 1 194 2
Upshift Lamp 1 161 1
Front Parking/Turn Signal Lamp 4 2357NA 28
Front Side Marker Lamp 2 194 2
Rear Fender Marker Lamp4 4 194 2
Roof Marker Lamp 5 194 2
License Lamp 2 194 2
Ashtray Lamp 1 194 2
Cargo Lamp 1 570 32
1Cluster w/o gages only
2Diesel only
3Cluster w/gages only
4Dual rear wheels only
 POWER DOOR LOCKS

INTERIOR COURTESY LAMPS 150-.8 BLK

POWER WINDOWS 9-.8 BRN

150-3.0 BLK
CARGO LAMP 237-.8 YEL

REAR DEFOGGER
150-.8 BLK
DOME LAMP
/■ • 156-.8 WHT
238-.8 BLK/WHT

8-.35 GRA □ a -1 § 156-.8 WHT

' 40-.8 ORN

i s GB- 450-.8 BLK/WHT

CRUISE CONTROL 140-.8 ORN
818-.8 RED/WHT

39-.8 PNK/BLK
80-.8 LT GRN
■S&
8-.5 GRA

□ J 150-3.0 BLK

39-.8 PNK/BLK

• 40-.8 ORN

FOG LAMP S i □ CD >60-3.0 ORN/BLK

150-.8 BLK * • 16-1.0 PPL

9-.8 BRN
IS fT "
38-1.0 DK BLU

50-2.0 BRN (W/O POWER DOOR

LOCKS, WINDOWS, REAR
E □
DEFOGGER, ROOF MARKER 150-1.0 BLK
TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
LAMPS)
29-1.0 DK GRN
POWER DOOR LOCKS 350-2.0 PNK/WHT
240-1.0 ORN/BLK

REAR DEFOGGER 240-.8 ORN/BLK

HORN RELAY 28-.5 BLK

REAR
POWER WINDOWS

FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE

ROOF MARKER LAMPS

FRONT

CONVENIENCE CENTER 17
 RPO CODES

AU3 - POWER SIDE DOOR LOCKS

A31 — POWER SIDE WINDOWS
C49 - ELECTRIC REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
HOT IN RUN HOT IN RUN U01 - ROOF MARKER LAMPS
BATTERY
JUNCTION
BLOCK
A/C HTR 4WD
25 AMP 25 AMP
. A .
o
o AU3, A31,
o C49 AND U01

o S107
/ 350-2.0 PNK/WHT ■ |
2-3.0 RST M—m ■ •
(FUSIBLE LINK)

V
1
50-2.0 BRN

3106
2-3.0 RST ■ ■
(FUSIBLE LINK)
i A/C
(SEE PAGE 112) CONVENIENCE
CENTER
HEATER (SEE PAGE 17)
(SEE PAGE 117)

S207 % M 150-3.0 BLK

(SEE PAGE 24)

150-3.0 BLKI
- i

J=L O
+
AUXILIARY
BATTERY
50-2.0 BRN

GT101
2989557
C234
2-8.0 RED I 12033713

150-.8 BLK

J T m m 2-8.0 b l k / r e d i
AUXILIARY
BATTERY
RELAY I
I 50-.8 BRN I

6288704

L
150-.8 BLK I SHEET
METAL
GROUND l/P GROUND
G104 G202

18 AUXILIARY BATTERY
 RPO CODES

L19 — 7.4L (454 CID) V8 GAS ENGINE, VIN N

V22 — QUAD HALOGEN HEADLAMPS
Z49 — CANADIAN PACKAGE

WASHER
LH FOG LAMP ^ mm150-.8 BLK 1150-.8 BLK PUMP
(SEEPAGE 34) MOTOR

I (SEE PAGE 141)

LH HIGH BEAM
I
HEADLAMP (V22)
1150-.8 BLK 1150-.8 BLK
(SEE PAGES 30, 32)

LH PARK
^ ^ S104 TURN LAMPS
(SEE PAGE 40)
LH LOW BEAM
HEADLAMP (V22)
(SEE PAGES 30, 32)
I150-.8 BLK 1150-.8 BLK <

LH HORN LH HIGH/LOW
(W/V22) ■ ■ ■ 1 5 0 -.8 BLK I150-.8 BLK HEADLAMP (W/O Z49)
(SEE PAGE 43) (SEE PAGES 30, 32)

(Q) G104

RH FOG LAMP w _____

(SEE PAGE 34) 150-.8 BLK 1150-.8 BLK

RH PARK
TURN LAMPS
(SEE PAGE 40)
RH HORN
(V22)
1150-.8 BLK 1150-.8 BLK
(SEE PAGE 143)

RH HIGHBEAM
RH HIGH/LOW
HEADLAMP (V22)
150-.8 BLK 150-2.0 BLK I BEAM HEADLAMP
(SEE PAGES 30, 32)
(SEE PAGES 30, 32)

RH LOW BEAM ENGINE

HEADLAMP (V22) 1150-.8 BLK COOLING
150-2.0 BLK I
(SEE PAGES 30, 32) FAN (L19)
(SEE PAGE 115)

(q ) G105
 RWAL MODULE
1150-1.0 BLKI A/C COMPRESSOR
(SEE PAGE 43) I150-.8 BLKI
DIODE (SEE PAGE 112)

WIPER MOTOR
\ y WATER IN FUEL

?i\
I IOU-1 .U U L n a I i«;n- n n iK
(SEE PAGE 141) SENSOR (SEE PAGE 105)

GLOW PLUG
1150-1.0 BLKI FUEL HEATER
CONTROLLER 1150-.8 BLK
(SEE PAGES 78, 80)
(SEE PAGES 84, 86)

G106
DIESEL ENGINES ONLY

A1C COMPRESSOR DIODE

■150-.8 BLK
(SEE PAGE 112)

RWAL MODULE WIPER MOTOR

1150-1.0 BLKI ■150-1.0 BLKI
(SEE PAGE 93) (SEE PAGE 141)
S110

G109
GASOLINE ENGINES ONLY
 RPO CODES
LB4 — 4.3L (262 CID) V6 GAS ENGINE, VIN Z
L05 — 5.7L (350 CID) V8 GAS ENGINE, VIN K
L19 — 7.4L (454 CID) V8 GAS ENGINE, VIN N

FUEL GAGE
450-1.0 BLK/WHT 450-1.0 BLK/WHT SENDER
(SEE PAGE 63)

GT100 12015792 12015454

12041304 (UPPER)
12041305 (LOWER)
4 450-1.0 BLK/WHT

EVRV (L05, L19)

1450-.8 BLK/WHT
(SEE PAGE 66)

FUEL PUMP RELAY I450-.8 BLK/WHT

(SEEPAGE 66)
^ 450-.8 BLK/WHT

i 450-1.0 BLK/WHT

r m 551-.8 TAN

■ 413-.8 TAN

I
I
i!
PCM
!
HOT FUEL
HANDLING
(SEE PAGES 64, 66) MODULE (L05, L19)
(SEE PAGE 61)
 450-1.0 BLK/WHT FUEL PUMP
450-1.0 BLK/WHT
SENDER
(SEE PAGE 53)

dD
I GT100
12041304 (UPPER) 12015792
C406
12015454
12041305 (LOWER)
am m r m
j m v m
j m r m am j t 450-1.0 b l k / w h t m v m am
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
(SEE PAGE 56) 450-.8 BLK/WHT
EVRV
(SEE PAGE 56) 450-.8 BLK/WHT

450-.8 BLK/WHT

r 450-.8 BLK/WHT

■413-.8 TAN |

ESC K <2

I
HOT FUEL
ECM HANDLING
(SEE PAGES 54, 56) MODULE
(SEE PAGE 51)

22 GROUND DISTRIBUTION
G107, G108 — 7.4L (454 CID) V8 GASOLINE ENGINE, VIN N W /0 AUTO TRANS, H D , 4-SPD, OVERDRIVE
 450-1.0 BLK/WHT 450-1.0 BLK/WHT

GT100
12015792 12015454
12041304 (UPPER)
12041305 (LOWER)
FUEL PUMP fc r 450-1.0 BLK/WHT BT * 1450-1.0 BLK/WHT 1 '450-1.0 BLK/WHT ’
RELAY
(SEEPAGE 56) 450-.8 BLK/WHT I 450-.8 BLK/WHT I 1450-.8 BLK/WHT '

EVRV (L05) '450-.3 BLK/WHT r I 450-.8 BLK/WHT I 450-.8 BLK/WHT f

(SEE PAGE 56)
►450-.8 BLK/WHT f

1413-.8 TAN 1413-.8 TAN

CO OQ
co oo

I
A i !
HOT FUEL
ECM HANDLING
GROUND (SEE PAGES 54,56) MODULE (L05)
(SEE PAGE 51)
(QJ G108

GROUND DISTRIBUTION
G107, G108 — GASOLINE ENGINES EXCEPT 7.4L (454 CID) V8 GASOLINE ENGINE W/O AUTO TRANS, HD, 4-SPD, W/ OVERDRIVE
 RPO CODES

LH6 — 6.2L (378 CID) V8 DIESEL ENGINE (VIN C)

LL4 — 6.2L (378 CID) V8 DIESEL ENGINE (VIN J)
TR9 — LAMP GROUP
l/P CLUSTER Z49 - CANADIAN DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGE 98,99)

i
ALARM
150-.8 BLK MODULE
(SEE PAGE 122)

RH DOOR CONVENIENCE
JAMB SW 150-.8 BLK CENTER
(SEE PAGE 122) (SEE PAGE 17)

LH DOOR POWER DOOR LOCKS (SEE PAGE 133)

JAMB SW 150-3.0 BLK I POWER WINDOWS (SEE PAGE 136)
(SEE PAGE 122) AUXILIARY BATTERY (SEE PAGE 18)

HEATER - A/C
TURN
CONTROL
150-.8 BLK FLASHER
(SEE PAGES 116, 117)
(SEE PAGE 36)

SAFETY ROOF MARKER

BELT SW LAMPS
(SEE PAGE 127) (SEE PAGE 41)

CIGAR LOW COOLANT

LIGHTER 150-.8 BLK (MODULE LH6, LL4)
(SEE PAGE 122) (SEE PAGE 105)

PANEL
DIMMER SW DRL RELAY (Z49)
150-.8 BLK
(SEE PAGE 106) (SEE PAGE 33)

DRL MODULE (Z49)

1150-.8 BLK
(SEE PAGE 33)

(o) G202
GROUND DISTRIBUTION
CIRCUIT OPERATION TURN SIGNAL LAMPS DIAGNOSIS — HEADLAMPS
With the Ignition Switch in RUN or START voltage is
HEADLAMPS applied through the TURN/BU Fuse and Turn Flasher to HEADLAMPS DO NOT ILLUMINATE HIGH OR LOW BEAMS — BOTH SIDES
the normally closed contact of the Hazard Flasher Switch
Voltage is applied to the Light Switch at all times. The in the Turn Signal Switch Assembly. TEST RESULT ACTION
Light Switch includes a Self-Resetting Circuit Breaker. 1. Connect a test lamp from RED (2) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
The Circuit Breaker opens when the Headlight circuit With the Signal Switch in LH Turn position, voltage is
wire at light switch connector C204
draws too much current. When the Circuit Breaker opens, applied to both the LH Turn Indicator and the LH Front Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
to ground.
it interrupts the current flow. With no current flow, the Cir­ Park/Turn Lamp (LT BLU wires). Voltage is applied to the RED (2) wire from light switch to
cuit Breaker cools off and resets automatically. When the LH Rear Turn Lamp (YEL wire). junction block.
Light Switch is in HEAD, the Dimmer Switch directs volt­ 2. With the light switch on and the Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
The Lamps go on immediately. They begin to flash
age to either the Low Beams or High Beams. The High dimmer switch to HIGH BEAM,
when the current flow heats up the timing element in the Test lamp does not light. REPLACE light switch.
Beam Indicator also receives voltage along with the High connect a test lamp from YEL (10)
flasher and it repeatedly opens and closes the circuit.
Beams. wire at light switch connector C204
The voltage applied to the LH Front Park/Turn Lamp to ground.
CANADIAN DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS will also be applied to the LH Front Marker Lamp. If the 3. Connect a test lamp from LT GRN Test lamp lights. REPAIR open in LT GRN (11) wire
Lamp Switch is in the OFF position, the LH Front Marker (11) wire at dimmer switch connector from headlamp dimmer switch to
Voltage is applied to the Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Lamp will find a path to ground through splice S105 and
Relay Switch at all times through the RED (340) wire from C205 to ground. headlamps.
the many Lamps connected in parallel to ground. These
the DRL Fuse and when the Ignition Switch is in RUN Lamps provide low resistance paths to ground. The Test lamp does not light. REPLACE headlamp dimmer
through the PNK/BLK (39) wire from the GAGES Fuse. Marker Lamp will flash with the Turn Lamps. The Lamps switch.
The DRL Relay Switch provides voltage to the LH High used for the ground path will not flash, however, since the
Beam through the DK BLU/WHT (593) wire and this wire voltage drop across the Marker Lamp is much higher than
also becomes the ground wire when the Headlamps are
LOW BEAM LAMP(S) DO NOT OPERATE
that across the other Lamps.
operating normally. TEST RESULT ACTION
When the Lamp Switch is in either PARK or HEAD,
Voltage is applied to the DRL Module when the Ignition voltage is applied through the PARK LP Fuse, Lamp 1. Turn light switch ON and dimmer Test lamp does not light. GO to step 5.
Switch is in RUN through the BRN (50) wire from the AC/ Switch, and Splice 105 to the Marker and Park Lamps. If switch to LOW BEAM position.
HTR Fuse. When the Ignition Switch is placed in RUN, Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
the Turn Signal Switch Assembly is in TURN LEFT the LH Connect a test lamp from TAN (12)
the voltage from the DRL Relay Switch is provided a Front Marker Lamp will have voltage at both connections wire at inoperative lamp(s) to ground.
ground path through the LT GRN wire through the DRL and will go out. When the flasher removes voltage to the 2. Connect a test lamp from TAN (12) Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
Module. This enables the DRL Relay Switch to provide Turn Lamp, the Marker Lamp will be grounded through wire to BLK (150 or 151) wire(s) at (150 or 151) wire(s) from light
voltage to the High Beam Lamps from the DRL Relay the Turn Lamp and will go on. In this way, the LH Front headlamp connectors C103 or C104 connector(s) C103 or C104 to
Switch and places the High Beam Lamps in series. Marker Lamp will flash on when the LH Front Park/Turn to ground. (For Canadian vehicles ground terminal(s) G104 or G105.
The DRL Module will not enable the DRL Relay Switch Lamp goes off, and off when the Turn Lamp goes on. w/o quad, DK BLU/WHT (593) is (For Canadian vehicles w/o quad,
if the Light Switch is in the ON position or the Park Brake used in place of BLK (150) wire at GO to step 3.)
With the Turn Signal Switch Assembly in TURN RIGHT connector C103.)
Switch is ON. voltage will be applied to the RH Lamps in the same way. Test lamp lights. REPLACE headlamp(s).
The High Beam Indicator also receives voltage from 3. Connect a test lamp from DK BLU/ Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
the DRL Module when the Headlamp Dimmer Switch is in HAZARD LAMPS WHT (593) at DRL relay switch BLU/WHT (593) wire from light
the High position. connector C291 to ground. connector C104 to DRL relay
Voltage is applied at all times, through the STOP/HAZ switch C291.
Fuse and the Hazard Flasher to the normally open con­
FOG LAMPS tact of the Hazard Switch in the Turn Signal Switch Test lamp light. GO to step 4.
Voltage is applied to the fog lamp relay at all times. Assembly. With the Hazard Switch in HAZARD FLASH, 4. Connect a test lamp from BLK (150) Test lamp does not light. REPLACE DRL relay switch.
When the fog lamp switch is ON, the fog lamp relay is voltage is applied to both Front and Rear Turn Lamps. All wire at the DRL relay switch
Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
energized and the relay switch closes, completing the cir­ of the Turn Lamps and both Turn Indicators flash on and connector C291 to ground.
(150) wire from DRL relay switch to
cuit to fog lamps. off.
ground G202.
If the headlamps are on HIGH BEAM, voltage is The Front Marker Lamps flash in HAZARD FLASH just 5. Connect a test lamp from TAN (12) Test lamp does not light. GO to step 6.
applied to circuit 11. The ON/OFF Logic located within the as they did in TURN RIGHT and TURN LEFT If the Lamp wire at dimmer switch connector
Switch is in OFF; they flash on when the Hazard Lamps Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in TAN
fog lamp switch will prevent the fog lamp relay switch from C205 to ground.
are on. If the Lamp Switch is in either PARK or HEAD, (12) wire from headlamp dimmer
closing. If the fog lamps are ON and the high beam lamps switch to headlamp.
are turned ON, the ON/OFF Logic will open the ground they flash on when the Hazard Lamps are off and off
circuit (wire 317), shutting off power to the fog lamp relay. when the Hazard Lamps are on. 6. Connect a test lamp from YEL (10) Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in YEL
wire at dimmer switch connector (10) wire from headlamp dimmer
In HAZARD, the circuit is always open, and the Hazard
C205 to ground. switch to light switch.
Flasher controls the Lamps.
Test lamp lights. REPLACE headlamp dimmer
PARK AND MARKER LAMPS switch.
Voltage is applied through the PARK LP Fuse to the
Lamp Switch at all times. With the Lamp Switch in PARK
or HEAD, voltage is applied to the Park, Tail, Marker, Roof
marker and License Lamps.
 DIAGNOSIS — HEADLAMPS AND DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS CANADIAN DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS DO NOT OPERATE
TEST RESULT ACTION
PRELIMINARY CHECKS: 3. Place Light Switch to ON and Headlamp Dimmer
Switch to HIGH BEAM position. 1. CHECK condition of DRL fuse. Fuse is not blown. GO to step 2.
Before checking the DAYTIME RUNNING LAMP system,
do the following: If the High Beam Lamp(s) are inoperative, refer to the Fuse is blown. LOCATE and REPAIR source of
HIGH BEAM LAMP(S) DO NOT OPERATE test proce­ overload. Then, REPLACE fuse.
1. Place Park Brake in the OFF position. dures.
2. Connect a test lamp from RED (340) Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
2. Open either door. If the High Beam Lamp(s) are operative, use the fol­ wire at DRL relay switch connector
If Dome Lamp does not operate, refer to the DOME lowing diagnostic procedures, after placing the Light Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
C291 to ground.
LAMP DOES NOT OPERATE OR STAYS ON ALL THE Switch to OFF position. RED (340) wire from relay switch
TIME test procedures on Page 120. connector C291 to fuse block.
If Dome Lamp operates, go to step 3. 3. CHECK condition of GAGES fuse. Fuse is not blown. GO to step 4.
Fuse is blown. LOCATE and REPAIR source of
overload. Then, REPLACE fuse.
HIGH BEAM LAMP(S) DO NOT OPERATE
4. Disconnect the DRL module Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
TEST RESULT ACTION connector C292 and place the PNK/BLK (39) wire from relay
ignition switch to RUN. Connect a switch connector to fuse block.
1. Place headlamp switch to ON and Test lamp does not light. GO to step 5. test lamp from PNK/BLK (39) wire at
dimmer switch to HIGH BEAM Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
Test lamp lights. GO to step 2. the DRL relay switch connector C291
position. Connect a test lamp from LT to ground.
GRN (11) wire at inoperative lamp(s)
to ground. 5. Connect a test lamp from LT GRN/ Test lamp does not light. REPLACE DRL relay switch.
BLK (592) wire at DRL relay switch
2. Connect a test lamp from LT GRN Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK Test lamp lights. GO to step 6.
connector C291 to ground.
(11) wire to BLK (150 or 151) wire(s) at (150 or 151) wire(s) at light
light connectors C103 or C104. (For connector(s) C103 or C104 to 6. Connect a J 34029-A multimeter No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
Canadian vehicles, DK BLU/WHT ground connection(s) G104 or from LT GRN (592) wire at DRL GRN/BLK (592) wire from DRL
(593) wire is used in place of BLK G105. (For Canadian vehicles: GO module connector C292 to ground. module connector to DRL relay
(150) wire at connector C103.) to step 3). Measure voltage. switch connector C291.
Test lamp lights. REPLACE headlamp(s). Battery voltage. GO to step 7.
3. Connect a test lamp from DK BLU/ Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK 7. Connect a J 34029-A multimeter (or No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
WHT (593) wire to ground at DRL BLU/WHT (593) wire at light equivalent) from PNK/BLK (39) wire PNK/BLK (39) wire from module
relay switch connector C291. connector C104 to DRL relay at DRL module connector C292 to connector to fuse block.
switch C291. ground. Measure voltage.
Battery voltage. GO to step 9.
Test lamp lights. GO to step 4. 8. Connect J34029-A multimeter from No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
4. Connect a test lamp from BLK (150) Test lamp does not light. REPLACE DRL relay switch. LT GRN (592) wire to BLK (150) wire (150) wire from module connector
wire at DRL relay switch connector at DRL module connector C292. to ground G202.
Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
C291 to ground. (150) wire from DRL relay switch Battery voltage. REPLACE DRL module. If daytime
connector to ground G202. running lamps still are inoperative,
also REPLACE DRL relay switch.
5. Place dimmer switch in the HIGH Test lamp does not light. GO to step 6.
BEAM position. Connect a test lamp Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
from LT GRN (11) wire at dimmer GRN (11) wire from headlamps to CANADIAN DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS STAY ON
switch connector C205 to ground. headlamp dimmer switch. TEST RESULT ACTION
6. Connect a test lamp from YEL (10) Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in YEL Disconnect DRL module connector Battery voltage. REPLACE DRL module.
wire at dimmer switch connector (10) wire from headlamp dimmer C292. Place ignition switch to RUN
C205 to ground. switch to light switch. No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in YEL
and light switch to ON position.
(10) wire from DRL module to light
Test lamp lights. REPLACE headlamp dimmer Connect a J 34029-A multimeter to
switch.
switch. YEL (10) wire from module connector
to ground. Measure voltage.
 TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Turn fog lamp switch to ON and light Test lamp lights. GO to step 2. 1. Turn hazard warning system ON. Lights flash. CHECK for improper bulb.
switch OFF Connect test lamp from LOCATE and REPAIR open in Observe lights on side of turn signals REPLACE if necessary.
Test lamp does not light.
ORN (60) wire at fog lamp relay ORN (60) wire from fog lamp relay that did not work.
Lights do not come on. GO to step 2.
connector C278 to ground. to convenience center.
2. Turn hazard warning system OFF Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
2. Connect a test lamp from PPL (34) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in PPL Place ignition switch to RUN and
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
wire at fog lamp relay connector (34) wire from fog lamp relay to fog turn signal to side that does not
C278 to ground. lamps. work. Connect a test lamp from LT
GO to step 3. BLU (14) or DK BLU (15) wire
Test lamp does not light.
(depending on which side does not
3. Connect a test lamp from BRN (9) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4. work) at turn signal switch connector
wire at fog lamp relay connector Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in C206 to ground.
C278 to ground. BRN (9) wire from fog lamp relay 3. Connect a test lamp from PPL (16) at Test lamp lights. REPLACE turn signal switch.
to convenience center. turn signal switch connector C206 to
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE turn signal flasher.
Test lamp lights. GO to step 5. ground.
4. Connect a test lamp from YEL (317)
wire at fog lamp relay connector REPLACE fog lamp relay. 4. Connect a test lamp from LT BLU Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
Test lamp does not light.
C278 to ground. (14) or DK BLU (15) wire (depending
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Test lamp lights. CHECK the headlamp circuit. on which side did not work) at park
5. Connect a test lamp from LT GRN either LT BLU (14) or DK BLU (15)
Voltage is being applied to the lamp connector C105, C106, C107 or
(11) wire at fog lamp switch wires.
High Beam circuit. REFER to C108 to ground.
connector C277 to ground.
Headlamps. 5. Connect a test lamp from LT BLU Test lamp lights. CHECK condition of bulb sockets.
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 6. (14) or DK BLU (15) wire to BLK (150
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
or 151) wire at park lamp C105, C106,
6. Connect a test lamp from BRN (9) Test lamp lights. GO step 7. C107 or C108. (150 or 151) wire.
wire at fog lamp switch connector Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
C277 to ground. BRN (9) wire from fog lamp switch
to fog lamp relay. TURN SIGNALS DO NOT OPERATE
7. Connect a test lamp from BRN (9) Test lamp lights. REPLACE fog lamp switch.
TEST RESULT ACTION
wire to BLK (150) wire at fog lamp Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
switch connector C227. (150) wire from fog lamp switch to 1. Place hazard warning lamps to ON Hazard lights operate. GO to step 2.
convenience center. position.
Hazard lights do not operate. GO to step 3.
2. Connect a test lamp from PPL (16) Test lamp lights. REPLACE turn signal switch.
wire at turn signal switch connector
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (TURN/
C206 to ground.
BU) and an open in PPL (16) wire,
DK BLU (38) wire, or BLK (150)
wire. If fuse and wiring are good,
REPLACE turn signal flasher.
3. Place ignition switch in RUN position Test lamp flashes. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
and put turn signal switch as if wires from turn signal switch to
making a left turn. Connect a test convenience center.
lamp from LT BLU (14) wire at turn
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE turn signal switch.
signal switch connector C206 to
ground.

TURN SIGNAL LAMPS FLASH RAPIDLY

TEST RESULT ACTION
Turn hazard lamp switch ON. Check One side of turn signal lamps flash REPLACE inoperative turn signal
front signal lamps and rear taillamps. rapidly. bulb.
Only one side of turn signals light REFER to “ Turn Signals Do Not
but do not flash rapidly. Operate On One Side” symptom.
 If at least one roof marker lamp is operating, check con­
TEST RESULT ACTION
dition of bulb(s) that do not operate. If bulb(s) are good,
1. Place ignition switch in RUN and Turn signal lights operate. GO to step 2. LOCATE and REPAIR open in WHT (45) wire and BLK
position turn signal lamps as if Turn signal lights do not operate. GO to step 3. (150) wire.
making a turn.
If none of the roof marker lamps operate, use the fol­
2. Turn off turn signal lamps and put Test lamp lights. REPLACE turn signal switch. lowing diagnostic procedures.
hazard warning lamps ON. Connect Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (STOP/
a test lamp from BRN (27) wire at HAZ) and an open in ORN (140)
turn signal switch connector C206 to wire and BRN (27) wire. If fuse ROOF MARKER LAMPS DO NOT OPERATE
ground. and wiring are good, REPLACE
hazard flasher. TEST RESULT ACTION
3. Place hazard lamps ON. Connect a Test lamp flashes. LOCATE and REPAIR open in 1 . Place light switch in PARK position. Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
test lamp from LT BLU (14) wire at wires from turn signal switch to Connect a test lamp from ORN (240)
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 2.
turn signal switch connector C206 to convenience center. wire at light switch connector C204
to ground.
ground. Test lamp does not light. REPLACE turn signal switch.
2. Connect a test lamp from RED (2) Test lamp lights. CHECK condition of fuse (PARK
wire at fuse block to ground. LP). If fuse is good, LOCATE and
REPAIR open in ORN (240) wire.
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
PRELIMINARY CHECKS: RED (2) wire from fuse block to
junction block.
If one side or front marker lamps are operating, check Q. n t A o t l-amn fmm DDNI ( Q\ "T ao+ 1i- i» - v ^ ^ I!/ n U 4a r 'A a
\ ^ \ J 1 II I t / ^ L C l ld lll|^ I I V J I I I U l IIM { '- 'J ic :o i ic u 11\ j u y i n o . UU lU H-.
condition of bulb(s) that are not operating. If bulb(s) are wire at light switch connector C204
good, LOCATE and REPAIR open in BRN (9) wire and Test lamp does not light. REPLACE light switch.
to ground.
BLK (150) wire.
If none of the marker lamps operate, use the following 4. Connect a test lamp at WHT (45) Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
diagnostic procedures. wire at LH marker lamp terminal to
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE,and REPAIR open in
ground.
WHT (45) and BRN (9) wires from
marker lamp to light switch.
FRONT PARK AND SIDE MARKER LAMPS DO NOT OPERATE 5, Connect a test lamp from WHT (45) Test lamp lights. CHECK condition of light socket.
wire to BLK (150) wire at LH marker
TEST RESULT ACTION lamp. Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
(150) wire from marker lamps to
1. Place light switch in PARK position. Test lamp lights. GO to step 3. ground terminal G202.
Connect a test lamp from ORN (240) Test lamp does not light. GO to step 2.
wire at headlamp switch connector
C204 to ground.
2. Connect a test lamp from RED (2) Test lamp lights. CHECK condition of fuse (PARK
wire at fuse block to ground. LP). If fuse is good, LOCATE and
REPAIR open in ORN (240) wire.
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
RED (2) wire from fuse block to
junction block.
3. Connect a test lamp from BRN (9) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
wire at light switch connector C204 Test lamp does not light. REPLACE light switch.
to ground.
4. Connect a test lamp at BRN (9) wire Test lamp lights. CHECK conditions of bulb sockets
at LH park lamp connector C107 to and BLK (150 and 151) wires from
ground. park lamps to ground terminals
G104 and G105.
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
BRN (9) wire from park lamps to
light switch.
O)
CM
 l/P
CLUSTER
CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGES 98, 99)

n r ^ g fw a lD

LIGHT SWITCH
□ E M S O
□ H O D
□ r a c z it
□ c z m z p
n l lo R ilD
n m - R lD
□ C H 3 D
□ o ra n
□ o r a n

H1-.8 LT GRN a a T n lH ~ 2 5 lD
□ 0 " 0 D
150-.8 BLK w f^ v r ^ iD

C201
12065803

# S207
(SEE PAGE 24)

150-3.0 BLK
C205
8917693 l/P GROUND
G202
 RPO CODES
GT100 V22 — QUAD HALOGEN HEADLAMPS
12041304 (UPPER) LH6 — ENGINE, 6.2L (378 CID) V8 DIESEL ENGINE, VIN C
12041305 (LOWER) LL4 - ENGINE, 6.2L (378 CID) V8 HD DIESEL ENGINE, VIN J
BATTERY
JUNCTION
BLOCK
o o o o o~ '2-1.0 BLK
(FUSIBLE LINK)

S152 2-5.0 RED

11-1 .OLT GRN

12-.8 TAN
2-5.0 RED
C103
6288471 C283
12059885 12059884
RH HIGH
AND LOW LH6, LL4 ONLY
ENGINE
BEAM
HEADLAMP
r f p l,
G D " - — ■— 12-.8TAN — .

| -)5i j» mmm 1151-.8 b lu ■ m

C103
12059181
2-3.0 RED/WHT
RH
LOW BEAM LAMP
S201 • I

■ # L
©
111-1.0 LT GRN 11
LH6, LL4 ONLY

1151-.8 BLK S103

WITH
V22
B C197
12059183
(SEE
PAGE 19)

RH
HIGH BEAM LAMP

111-1 .OLT GRN

© I 593-1.0 DK BLU/WHT

C198
12059183
LH
HIGH BEAM LAMP

| 12 I I 12-.8 TAN ■
£ lll
© C104
1150-.8 BLK i

12059181
LH
LOW BEAM LAMP

11-1.0 LT GRN
I V
112-.8 TAN I12-.8 TAN
S101
C104 111-1 .OLT GRN
6288471
L b # —Z J
LH HIGH L _____ 593-1.0 DK BLU/WHT I 4 593-1.0 DK BLU/WHT
AND LOW 1150-2.0 BLK C102
S104 12020100
BEAM (SEE PAGE 19)
HEADLAMP A SHEET SHEET
A METAL METAL
GROUND V^/ GROUND
“ G104 G105
 rvAfVVVVWVW'f
^ HOT AT ALL TIMES <
^vVW W W W W

AUXILIARY COOLING
FAN (SEE PAGE 115)
I® j 437 It r f
HOT FUEL
| j| 822 □ l/P CLUSTER
HANDLING MODULE
CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGES 51, 61) n l 121 M~23t1 D (SEE PAGE 98,99)

ECM (SEE PAGE 55)

□ S K E in
d b k h id
PCM (SEE PAGE 64)
□ B O D
ECM (SEE PAGE 71)
□ D H O
TCM (SEE PAGE 73)
□n-DEin
COLD ADVANCE
RELAY (SEE PAGES 78, 84)
39-.8 PNK/BLK J 1
□ □ - r a n
□ O S D
a n n s r -
□ o s n

I 629-.5 WHT
I_it 629 |«*>| 25 11 1

n |T H » )D
>150-.8 BLK 150 V \ 30 I D |

2-3.0 RED
C201
12065803

IGNITION
SWITCH

I
(SEE PAGE 92)

12-1.0 TAN
IN-LINE
11-1.0 LT GRN DIODE
S230
133-.5 TAN/WHT

ti
A S207

i 593-1.0 DK BLU/WHT r
(SEE PAGE 24)
11
M r 33-.5 t a n /w h t j I 33*.5 TAN/WHTl
I
A
BRAKE
i WARNING
INDICATOR
PARK (SEE PAGES 91, 92, 93)
BRAKE
SWITCH
(CLOSED WITH
PARKING
BRAKE ON)
C226
12004267

l/P GROUND
G202
 ^A^AAA/WVVVW ^A/WVVAAAAyVW
5 HOT AT ALL TIMES < < HOT AT ALL TIMES ?

V m /w vw w n t ^ l'V\AAAA/WWVV'*
POWER
ACCY C.D.
30 AMP

HI BEAM
HEADLAMPS
(V22 ONLY)
(SEE PAGES 30, 32)

RH FOG
LAMP

LH FOG
LAMP

SHEET SHEET
METAL METAL
GROUND GROUND (2
G104 G105 ^
 RPO CODES
LH6 — ENGINE, 6.2L (378 CID) V8 DIESEL ENGINE, VIN C
LL4 — ENGINE, 6.2L (378 CID) V8 HD DIESEL ENGINE, VIN J
V22 — QUAD HALOGEN HEADLAMPS

LIGHT SWITCH

FOG LAMP
SWITCH

CONVENIENCE
CENTER
(SEE PAGE 17)

HI-BEAM 150-.8 BLK S207

INDICATOR
(SEE PAGE 24)
(SEE PAGE 31)
IH E E H l
OR
DRL MODULE C D a E F
(SEE PAGE 33) a [3 9 ] 12371 11501 [H U B

a □ rW ] [MO) CD 7 d l
c D E F

12065245

l/P
GROUND
C205
(O) G202
8312693
 l/P CLUSTER
CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGES 98,99)

RH PARK
AND TURN
SIGNAL LAMPS

LH PARK
AND TURN
SIGNAL LAMPS

£Z

SHEET PARK AND

METAL MARKER
GROUND LAMPS
G104 (SEE PAGE 40)
 RH TAIL, STOR TURN
SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP
RH TAIL, STOP, TURN
SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP DK GRN

If n
o I C404
6288424
II

0
□
EL
8T
C404
12065862 LH TAIL, STOP, TURN
SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP

18-.8 YEL

C405
6288424

1
LH TAIL, STOP, TURN 150-.8 BLK
SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP
19-.8 DK GRN

150-.8 BLK
C405
12065862

FRAME FRAME
GROUND GROUND
G400 G400
 nA W /VW W W M
\ HOT AT ALL TIMES <
Zw V wvn/wvva A

STOP l/P CLUSTER

CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGES 98, 99)

RH PARK
AND TURN
SIGNAL LAMPS

LH PARK
AND TURN
SIGNAL LAMPS

SHEET
METAL PARK AND
Q) l/P GROUND
MARKER
GROUND LAMPS G202
G104 (SEE PAGE 40)
 RH TAIL, STOP, TURN
SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP
RH TAIL, STOP, TURN
SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP
19-.8 DK GRN

C404
6288424
BACKUP
LAMP

1150-.8 BLK iso mi

LH TAIL, STOP, TURN

SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP

118-.8 YEL

18-.8 YEL
C405
6288424

19-8 DK GRN

LH TAIL, STOR TURN 150-.8 BLK iso eh

SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP

CHASSIS CAB
CHASSIS CAB ONLY

FRAME FRAME
GROUND GROUND
G400 G400
 S209
240-1.0 ORN |

HORN
(SEE PAGE 43)

240-.8 ORN

LIGHT SWITCH

RH PARK
AND TURN
240-.8 ORN |
SIGNAL LAMPS 240 ■

10 ■
PANEL DIMMER SWITCH I □_ B DDM
(SEE PAGE 106) 2 -

RADIO (SEE PAGE 106) I 9-.8 BRN

§E I
FOGLAMPS S210
(SEE PAGE 35)
HEADLAMP-i
HEATER ILLUMINATION PARK \ PARK
(SEE PAGE 106) HEADLAMP-OFF

A/C ILLUMINATION (SEE PAGE 106) I 9-.8 BRN

END GATE AND FENDER

CLEARANCE LAMPS

,$1 (SEE PAGE 147)

L «I29.I l!
I« I I 1
\ HiT I ROOF MARKER LAMPS

1 f " |s« I XT
(SEE PAGE 41)

LH PARK 1 r1 TAILLAMPS
(SEE PAGE 145, 146)
AND TURN
SIGNAL LAMPS C102
12020100

l/P

cC
JCL 33 490 31
25 92 98 :
15
L .93 3

593
U) 140
35
2
250

TURN
r 39
696
401
2
400 :
SIGNAL 24 75 6

P
(SEE PAGE 36) LH SIDE
MARKER
SHEET GROUND LAMP
METAL METAL (QUAD)
GROUND O) GROUND
G104 =r G105 C100
12020184

40 PARK AND MARKER LAMPS

 HOT AT ALL TIMES

TERMINAL
06294126
PARK LP
20 AMP RH
MARKER
LAMP © I 45-.8 WHT I

TERMINAL
06294126

240-1.0 ORN
HORN
(SEE PAGE 43)
S209 • 24G-.8 ORN

LIGHT SWITCH

FRONT
IDENTIFICATION
240-.8 ORN LAMP ©
UZ

9-.8 BRN

IUP PARK \ PARK

FRONT

©
HEADLAMP-OFF
IDENTIFICATION
C204 LAMP
12034061

11501
C
FRONT
CONVENIENCE
CENTER
(SEE PAGE 17)
D ®
IDENTIFICATION
LAMP ©
ED
C

C D '— 1E F
CUD HHl S (Hi6Q
S210 0 |
(SEE PAGE 40)
9-.8 BRN
EJtEJ DID EH7 o
C D E F
S207 * 150-.8 BLK LH
(SEE PAGE 24) ■
MARKER
LAMP

□ 1 0284
J 12033701

45-.8 WHT I

l/P GROUND 150-.8 BLK I J

CO) G202
CIRCUIT OPERATION

When the Horn Switch is depressed, one side of the

coil of the Horn Relay is grounded. The relay is energized.
Its contacts close and battery voltage is applied to the
Horns.

DIAGNOSIS — HORNS
HORN(S) WILL NOT OPERATE
TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Connect a test lamp from DK GRN Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
(29) wire at horn connector C108 to Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
ground. Press horn switch.
2. Connect a test lamp from DK GRN Test lamp lights. REPLACE horn(s).
(29) wire and BLK (150 or 151) at Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
horn connector C108 to ground. (150 or 151) wire (s).
3. Remove horn relay. Connect a test Test lamp lights at both GO to step 4.
lamp from ORN (240) wires at connections.
convenience center to ground. Check Test lamp does not light at one or LOCATE and REPAIR open in
each wire for voltage. either connection. ORN (240) wire(s).
4. Disconnect turn signal switch Horn does not sound. GO to step 5.
connector C206. Use a jumper wire Horn sounds. REPLACE horn switch.
to ground BLK (28) wire at turn
signal switch connector C206.
5. Disconnect horn relay. Install a Horn sounds. REPLACE horn relay.
jumper wire from ORN (240) terminal Horn does not sound. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
to DK GRN (29) terminal at GRN (29) wire from convenience
convenience center. center to horn(s). |

HORN SOUNDS CONTINUOUSLY WITHOUT DEPRESSING HORN SWITCH

TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect turn signal switch Horn stops. REPLACE horn switch.
connector C206. Horn continues to sound. GO to step 2.
2. Disconnect horn relay. Check for a No shorts found. REPLACE relay.
short to ground in DK GRN (29) and Short(s) found. REPAIR or REPLACE as required.
BLK (28) wires.
 _________________________ RPO CODE
V22 — QUAD HALOGEN HEADLAMPS

CONVENIENCE
CENTER
(SEE PAGE 17)

TURN
SIGNAL SWITCH

RH 17
HORN
(BASE & V22)

27

28-.5 BLK I 28

1S9

HAZARD
C206
12004147

SHEET METAL SHEET METAL

GROUND GROUND
G105 G104
CIRCUIT OPERATION help of the Return Spring, causes the Starter Drive DIAGNOSIS — STARTING AND CHARGING
Assembly to disengage and Solenoid Switch contacts to
open simultaneously. As soon as the contacts open, the
STARTER starter circuit is turned off.
ENGINE DOES NOT CRANK AND STARTER SOLENOID DOES NOT CLICK
When the Ignition Switch is moved to the START posi­ TEST RESULT ACTION
tion, battery voltage is applied to the Starter Solenoid. CHARGING 1. Place transmission in PARK (auto) or Battery voltage. GO to step 2.
Both solenoid windings are energized. The circuit through
The Generator provides voltage to operate the vehicle’s depress clutch pedal for man trans.
the Pull-In Winding is completed to ground through the No voltage. GO to step 3 for man trans.
electrical system and to charge its Battery. A magnetic Connect a voltmeter from PPL (6)
Starter Motor. The windings work together magnetically to wire at starter solenoid to ground. GO to step 5 for auto trans.
field is created when current flows through the Rotor. This
pull in and hold in the Plunger. The Plunger moves the Turn ignition switch to START
field rotates as the Rotor is driven by the engine, creating
Shift Lever. This action causes the Starter Drive Assembly position.
an AC voltage in the Stator windings. The AC voltage is
to rotate as it engages the Flywheel ring gear on the
converted to DC by the rectifier bridge and is supplied to 2. Connect a voltmeter from PPL (6) Battery voltage. REPLACE starter solenoid.
engine. At the same time, the Plunger also closes the
solenoid switch contacts in the Starter Solenoid. Full bat­ the electrical system at the Battery terminal. wire to starter mounting bolts.
Less than battery voltage. CLEAN starter motor mounting
tery voltage is applied directly to the Starter Motor and it This Generator’s regulator uses digital techniques to bolts, starter motor and mounting
cranks the engine. supply the Rotor current and thereby control the output surface.
voltage. The Rotor current is proportional to the width of 3. Disconnect clutch start switch Battery voltage.
As soon as the Solenoid Switch contacts close, voltage GO to step 4.
is no longer applied through the Pull-In Windings, since the electrical pulses supplied to it by the Regulator. When connector C202. Connect a voltmeter
the Ignition Switch is placed in RUN, narrow width pulses No voltage. GO to step 5.
battery voltage is applied to both ends of the windings. from YEL (5) wire at clutch start
The Hold-ln Winding remains energized, and its magnetic are supplied to the Rotor, creating a weak magnetic field. switch connector C202 to ground.
When the engine is started, the Regulator senses Genera­ Ignition switch must be in START
field is strong enough to hold the Plunger, Shift Lever, and
tor rotation by detecting AC voltage at the Stator through position.
Drive Assembly Solenoid Switch contacts in place to con­
an internal wire. Once the engine is running the Regulator
tinue cranking the engine. 4. Depress clutch and put transmission Engine cranks. REPLACE clutch start switch.
varies the field current bv controlling the pulse width. This
in neutral. Apply parking brake.
When the Ignition Switch is released from the START regulates the Generator output voitage from proper bat­ Connect a fused jumper from YEL (5) Engine does not crank. CHECK condition of fuse
position, battery voltage is removed from the PPL(6) wire tery charging and electrical system operation. to PPL (6) at clutch start switch (CRANK). If fuse is good, LOCATE
and the junction of the two windings. Voltage is applied connector C202. Turn ignition switch and REPAIR open in PPL (6) wire
The digital regulator controls the VOLTS Indicator light from clutch start switch to starter
from the Motor contacts through both windings to ground to START position.
with a solid state light driver. The light driver turns on the solenoid.
at the end of the Hold-ln Windings. However, the voltage
light whenever undervoltage, overvoltage or a stopped
applied to the Pull-In Winding is now opposing the voltage 5. With ignition switch OFF; connect a Battery voltage. REPLACE ignition switch.
Generator is detected.
applied when the winding was first energized. The mag­ voltmeter from BAT 2 terminal at
netic fields of the Pull-In and Hold-ln Windings now No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (ACC/
ignition switch connector C256 to
oppose one another. This action of the windings, with the ground. Repeat step except connect BATT). If fuse is good, LOCATE
from BAT 3 terminal at ignition switch and REPAIR open in RED (2) wires
connector C255 to ground. and fusible link at junction block.

STARTER SOLENOID CLICKS, ENGINE DOES NOT CRANK OR CRANKS SLOWLY

TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Remove CRANK and INJ A fuses. Voltage reading greater than 9.5 GO to step 2.
Connect a voltmeter to positive and volts after 15 seconds cranking.
negative battery terminals. Turn
ignition switch to START Voltage less than 9.5 volts after 15 PERFORM a Battery Load Test.
seconds cranking. Refer to Section 6D in C/K Service
Manual.
2. Connect a voltmeter from negative Less than .5 volts. GO to step 3.
battery terminal to engine block.
More than .5 volts. REPLACE negative battery cable.
3. Connect a voltmeter from positive Less than .5 volts. REPAIR starter motor.
battery terminal to starter solenoid
More than .5 volts. REPLACE positive battery cable.
terminal at BLK (1) wire.
 TEST RESULT ACTION
Disconnect generator connector VOLTS indicator lights. REPAIR generator.
C109. Place ignition switch in RUN VOLTS indicator does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (GAGES)
position. Connect a fused jumper and indicator bulb. If they are
from BRN (25) wire at generator good, LOCATE and REPAIR open
connector C109 to ground. in BRN (25) wire from generator to
l/P cluster.

VOLTS INDICATOR STAYS ON WHEN ENGINE IS RUNNING

TEST RESULT ACTION
Disconnect generator connector VOLTS indicator does not light. REPAIR generator.
C109. VOLTS indicator remains lit. LOCATE and REPAIR short to
ground in BRN (25) wire from
generator to l/P cluster.

BATTERY IS UNDERCHARGED OR OVERCHARGED

TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect generator connector Battery voltage. GO to step 2.
C109. Place ignition switch in RUN No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (GAGES)
position. Connect a voltmeter from and indicator bulb. If they are
BRN (25) wire at generator connector good, LOCATE and REPAIR open
C109 to ground. in BRN (25) wire from generator to
l/P cluster.
2. Connect a voltmeter from RED (2) Battery voltage. GO to step 3.
wire at generator to ground. No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
RED (2) wire and fusible link from
generator to junction block.
3. Reconnect generator connector C109 Reading of 13-16 volts. PERFORM Generator Bench Test.
and terminal. Have all accessories Refer to Section 6D in C/K Service
turned off and engine running at fast Manual.
idle. Connect a voltmeter from Reading of less than or greater REPAIR generator.
battery terminal on generator to than 13-16 volts.
ground.
 S157
I 2-3.0 BLU m b h h i • ■ ■ 2-8.0 BLK/RED I 6-5.0 PPL (AUTO TRANS) I
(FUSIBLE LINK) 5-5.0 YEL (MAN TRANS)

S202
(SEE PAGES 13, 14)
BATTERY 2-3.0 RED I #
■ 1-32.0 BLK

[ JUNCTION
BLOCK 2-3.0 RED / ■15-5.0 YEL mm

A,
6-5.0 PPL
' (AUTO TRANS)
11-32.0 BLK 2-8.0 BLK l

O S151
^JSOl
I 6-5.0 PPL

+
O- - - © S 3 2-1.0 BLK
(FUSIBLE LINK) BAT 1 B 2 IT 3
j 300 | IGN 3

BATTERY o- 2-30 BLU

(FUSIBLE LINK)
I I m
I IGN 1 ACC L _
m GRD 1 | 35 |
[.3 0 ]
C202

GRD2 [ 33 )
0 *— C255 f
12010966 C256
0 6294641

V CEh
1_i
m
[O D
<N W U£_r
IGNITION
COIL
GENERATOR (GASOLINE
ONLY) START
(SEE PAGE 47)
o O
RUN CLUTCH
RECT. OFF
START
BRIDGE
25-.8 BRN l
°z t £ Z°._ 97 r ° LOCK
SWITCH
o ACC
F l4 + H CLOSES WITH
CLUTCH PEDAL
♦ f-
DEPRESSED
IGNITION SWITCH

REGULATOR C109 125-.8 BRN I

.2 5 12045896
---------
2-8.0 RED ENGINE l/P

E3
□ S O D
33 490 31
n i ^ b f iS I D
: 94 29 14
9 15 I 25 92 98 : I II 121 l» f w lD
L 93 3 1 ii zm i»n n n

25-.8 BRN
12
140 2
: 593 11
u U) 35 250
□ B Q D

: 18 9 r
39
696
401 400 :
□
□
S
r a
S D
c n n
19

F
I
: 24 30
24 75 I 6-5.0 PPL | □ o r a n
cC l= t
S205
(SEE PAGES 13, 14)
□ □ -C E P
□ Q 0 D
I 6-5.0 PPL I □ O S D
C100
12020183 C100 □ O H C
12020184
□czkep
D D E )'
6-5.0 PPL S207 (SEE PAGE 24) n R W D
(g 3 > .
1150-.8 BLK I 150 j"-

150-3.0 BLK
l/P CLUSTER
STARTER SHEET CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGES 98, 99)
MOTOR METAL ENGINE
GROUND GROUND l/P GROUND C201

G101 (O) G100 (g; G202 12065803

 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

CIRCUIT WIRE CIRCUIT WIRE

COLOR CAVITY DESCRIPTION COLOR CAVITY DESCRIPTION
NO. SIZE NO. SIZE
465 .8 DK GRN/WHT A1 FUEL PUMP RELAY DRIVE 436 .8 BRN C1 AIR SWITCH SOLENOID
A2 NOT USED C2 NOT USED
A3 NOT USED 444 .8 LT GRN/BLK C3 STEPPER COIL B LOW
435 .8 GRA A4 EGR SOLENOID 443 .8 LT GRN/WHT C4 STEPPER COIL B HIGH
419 .8 BRN/WHT A5 SYSTEM CHECK LAMP 441 .8 LT BLU/WHT C5 STEPPER COIL A HIGH
439 .8 PNK/BLK A6 12V IGNITION FUSED 442 .8 LT BLU/BLK C6 STEPPER COIL A LOW
*422 .8 TAN/BLK A7 AUTO TRANS KICKDOWN RELAY *446 .8 LT BLU C7 AUTO TRANS KICKDOWN RELAY
456 .8 TAN/BLK A7 UPSHIFT LAMP C8 NOT USED
461 .8 ORN/WHT A8 SERIAL DATA 806 .8 PPL/WHT C9 CRANK DISCRETE FUSED
451 .8 WHT/BLK A9 ASS’Y LINE DIAG. LINK 410 .8 YEL C10 COOLANT TEMPERATURE
437 .8 BRN/RED A10 SPEED SIGNAL 432 .8 LT GRN C11 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESS
455 .8 PPL A11 5V RETURN A C12 NOT USED
450 .8 BLK/WHT A12 SYSTEM RETURN 417 .8 DK BLU/WHT C13 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
12V BATTERY FUSED 416 .8 GRA C14 5V SENSOR REFERENCE
440 .8 ORN B1
B2 ELEC FUEL PUMP FUSED FEED C15 NOT USED
120 .8 TAN/WHT
DISTRIBUTOR REF LOW 440 .8 ORN C16 12V BATTERY FUSED
453 .8 BLK/RED B3
B4 NOT USED 450 .8 BLK/WHT D1 SYSTEM RETURN
430 .8 PPL/WHT B5 DISTRIBUTOR REF HIGH 452 .8 BLK D2 5V RETURN B
B6 NOT USED D3 NOT USED
457 .8 YEL/RED B7 SPARK RETARD CONTROL 423 .8 WHT D4 HEI SPARK TIMING
59 .8 DK GRN B8 AIR CONDITIONING 424 .8 TAN/BLK D5 HEI BYPASS
B9 NOT USED 413 .8 TAN D6 OXYGEN SENSOR LOW
*434 .8 ORN/BLK B10 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH 412 .8 PPL D7 OXYGEN SENSOR HIGH
B11 NOT USED D8 NOT USED
B12 NOT USED D9 NOT USED
D10 NOT USED
*AUTO TRANS ONLY D11 NOT USED
D12 NOT USED
D13 NOT USED
468 .8 GRN D14 INJECTOR B DRIVE
D15 NOT USED
467 .8 BLU D16 INJECTOR A DRIVE

*AUTO TRANS ONLY (MD8 ONLY)

 S175 COOLANT TEMP
I 481-.8 RED l SENSOR
(SEE PAGE 54)

416-.8 GRA |

C116
12015791
2! H! <k

TP
SENSOR

416-.8 GRA
 RPO CODES

S213 (SEE PAGE 33) C60 — AIR CONDITIONING

L19 — ENGINE, 7.4L (454 CID) V8 GAS ENGINE, VIN N
39-.8 PNK/BLK
L05 — ENGINE, 5.7L (350 CID) V8 GAS ENGINE, VIN K

GAGES
20 AMP
ENGINE

39-.8 PNK/BLK W
490 33

92 25 33 490 31
25 92 98 :

FUEL PUMP 1120-.8 GRA L t .93 3

140
HOT 140
IGNITION
FUEL 250 35 |
35 250

HANDLING GROUND 696 2

T
696J
MODULE 39 401 400 :
400 401139] 24 75 6

iJ 75 0
T C119
12047886

GT 100
12041304 (UPPER)
12041305 (LOWER) 4 39-.8 PNK/BLK i S115

■ ■ H 1 2 0 - .8 GRA ■ 120-.8 GRA I

AUXILIARY COOLING FAN

1120-.8 GRA 1120-.8 GRA I I 39-.8 PNK/BLK (L19 W/C60)
S239 (SEE PAGES 21, 22, 23) (SEE PAGE 115)
' 450-1.0 BLK/WHT I 450-1.0 BLK/WHT

450-1.0 BLK/WHT

450-1.0 BLK/WHT

413-.8 TAN

S126
B A 1120-1.0 GRA FUEL PUMP RELAY
| 440 I (SEE PAGE 52)
1 I 465 |
2 C D
[_453 ] 3 □
m
C D 4 CUD

D E I 5 S

C D 6 [~439 ] FUEL
(~457| 7 [4 2 2 ] SENDER
□ D 8 □ ID AND PUMP
□ 9 I 451 |
f 4 3 4 l 10
m I____ I 11 I 455 |
120-1.0 GRA ■ ■ ■

' 450-1.0 BLK/WHT 450-.8 BLK/WHT r

C D 12 [ 4 5 0 j i

C224 ELECTRONIC
1204794 CONTROL ESC
1486-.8 BRN 12015792 12015454
MODULE C225 (SEE PAGE 54)
12045575
CONNECTOR

ENGINE ENGINE
GROUND Q) GROUND FUEL GAGE
G107 w G108 (SEE PAGE 101)
 RPO CODES
S238
(SEE PAGE 57) L05 — ENGINE, 5.7L (354 CID) V8 GAS ENGINE, VIN K
L19 — ENGINE, 7.4L (454 CID) V8 GAS ENGINE, VIN N

r
439-8 PNK/BLK

HOT FUEL
HANDLING
MODULE 1120-.8 GRA
(L05, L19)
(SEE PAGE 51)

I 439-.8 PNK/BLK

1465-.8 DK GRN/WHT r ■ 456-.8 DK GRN/WHT f

I ECM
■ 120-.1 g r a am m m m t ■ 120-1.0 GRA ■ ■ • CONNECTOR
120-.8 GRA H 120-.8 GRA

A 443-.8 LT GRN/WHT I A 443-.8 LT GRN/WHT I | V m

j m m 450-.8 b l k / w h t r m — m *m m r

A 442-.8 LT BLU/BLK ■
GT100 442-.8 LT BLU/BLK
12041304 (UPPER)
12041305 (LOWER)
m 441-.8 LT BLU/WHT | P441-.8 LT BLU/WHT

m 444-.8 LT GRN/BLK I 444-.8 LT GRN/BLK

I
, 450-.8 BLK/WHT A w m m 4mmm 450-.8 b lk / w h t
• 4 5 0 - . 8 BLK/WHT ™
S239
■ 1 440-1.0 ORN H i 1440-1.0 ORN ■ ■ ■ ■ (SEE PAGES 21, 22, 23)
* 444-.8 LT GRN/BLK

■ ■ M 1440-1.0
440-1.0 ORN
* 443-.8 LT GRN/WHT
■ 440-1.0 ORN ■ ■ ■ ■
* 441-.8 LT BLU/WHT

mmm 440-1.0 ORN ■ h m h I 442-.8 LT BLU/BLK

m 440-1.0 ORN ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

d 450-1.0 BLK/WHT A 450-1.0 BLK/WHT

1450-1.0 BLK/WHT
I. I—
CZJ «
CD 9 ECM
■ 413-.8 TAN • 413-.8 TAN l I 1° rm l CONNECTOR
■ 490-.8 RED

1120-.8 GRA H
1450-1.0 BLK/WHT
li CZ3 11 QEl
□
l
« □
113 n»7i a
| 468 | 14 | 416 |

CZ3 15 CZ3
3
FUEL SENDER
490-.8 RED AND PUMP

ALDL • -
S114

33 490 31
25 92 98 :
L -93 3
140 I490-.8 RED) 490 422
0 35 250 696

r
39
696
401
2
400 :
24 75 6 451
1061 450

C100
12020183
C100
12020184
c C272
12020043
450-1.0 BLK/WHT

I120-.8 GRA i
V

12015742
3
0406
f c i ___ :
FUEL GAGE
(SEE PAGE 101)
&
BATTERY r,vW W W W vVW VVW ^AAAAAAAAA/vVWVNA^
JUNCTION < HOT IN START OR RUN ? S HOT IN START OR RUN £
BLOCK KVW W VW VNAAW r
VWVVWVWWW'A
A
o ECM/INJ
10 AMP
o
o~ - - © 2 > — 2.5 GRA
(FUSIBLE LINK)

v
FUEL PUMP RELAY
o (SEE PAGE 52)
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
o (SEE PAGE 52)

MAP SENSOR

455

432

416

TP SENSOR

452

417

416
 RPO CODES

L03 - ENGINE, 5.0L (305 CID) V8 GAS ENGINE, VIN H

139-.8 PNK/BLK I L05 — ENGINE, 5.7L (350 CID) V8 GAS ENGINE, VIN K
LB4 — ENGINE, 4.3L (262 CID) V6 GAS ENGINE, VIN Z

5EM ZDD
822-.8 LT GRN/BLK f"|822 |g| 818 i D
I 39-.8 PNK/BLK.
S213 (SEE PAGE 33) f ~ l l 121 H 2 3 7 1□

821-.8 PPL/WHT r\ 821 lg ( ~ 3 1 ~ | D

□GEH ZP J
□ D S D

□ O C Z in
i 437-.8 BRN
□ O S D
nl
□ □ “S D
□ tU K Z P
□ E H s J D i/p
n m - H T iD CLUSTER
CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGES 98, 99)

C201
‘ 629/W/DRL (T61) 12065803

ENGINE l/P
4-WHEEL DRIVE

4 ^ 6 _ -r\_
“ r 1 : 94 29 14
33 490 31
25 92 98 :
9 15
12 I L 93 3

: 593 11
140
35 250
I
: 18 9 r
39
696
822
2
821 !
_ _
821-.8 p p l / w h t
I
mm.

k
: 24 30 19
VJ 24
<
J K
\ V
VSS
C100
SPEED SENSOR 12020184
— HI - — 821 A 821-.8 PPL/WHT mm

SPEED SENSOR r 822-.8 LT GRN/BLK

_ L O - _ 822
 HOT IN START S <* HOT IN START >
^ OR RUN OR RUN f
l^/V V W V W W W W V T Z v \A /w v '/w v v v w v V >i

INJ B INJ A
? S153

L
10 AMP 10 AMP 440-1.0 ORN
481-.8 RED
1 |B
'IQ H I 481-.8 RED
h M ^
439-.8 PNK/BLK
12015798
HP ^ 4HHV
439-.8 PNK/BLK v m b v m m t - * iJ
441 443 ^ ^ (j* D 440-1.0 o r n mm
443-.8 LT GRN/WHT M B ' M M T M T M W M W - M T M W |
BATTERY 2-.5 G R A M
JUNCTION FUSIBLE LINK
| | | " ■ M M T 444-.8 LT GRN/BLK .
dm ^ F M M T .^ W M W iM T ^M T M l^ r M T 443-.8 LT GRN/WHT,
BLOCK IDLE AIR
U . f e ) vy ■* 441-.8 LT BLU/WHT | I I " la r ^ M M T ^ 441-.8 LT BLU/WHT 1
CONTROL
A IDLE AIR
CONTROL
(LB4, L03, L05)
I 442-.8 LT BLU/BLK r ^ *

o (L19)
C134 J V Kmt 444-.fi LT GRN/BLK m
IN/BLK V m
m JI
J| I I I I
450-.8 BLK/WHT

o 12040754
M M T M M T M W M M T M V 442-.8 LT BLU/BLK W
______
JV M M
L I B
L B
423-,8 WHT

o \S S
i ^ M S L r^ _
L
L- 444
443
T
B J v M T M W 1 4 M V M W M M T 441-.8 LT BLU/WHT M M ' M M T M F 1 ^ I ^

o QMJD
- r _ 442
II II
■m
II
t .m b t ^ i M m m t 443-.8 l t g r n / w
___ ___
h t*m t
___
m m t
I ^ ||

0 4 @ 23—
J
C134
«n^n7Kji

423-.8 WHT
ELECTRONIC SIGNAL - 423
430-.8 PPL/WHT
SPARK REFERENCE PULSE

TIMING BYPASS -4 3 0 ......II

REFERENCE PULSE
(EST) LO .424
453-.8 BLK/RED
.453

C113
f
u 424-.8 TAN/BLK
ELECTRONIC VACUUM 12040754
REGULATOR VALVE
(EVRV)
450-.8 BLK/WHT

■ h a | M i 120-.8 g r a

435-.8 GRA e i l I r r - - ___________ J l| V 439-.8 PNK/BLK M V

439-.8 PNK/BLK
1 M l M i|r ' | aar 439-.8 PNK/BLK M V ^ M ^

436-.8 BRN M i M 490-.8 RED

439-.8 PNK/BLK - I - 481-.8 RED

AIR
DIVERTER
SOLENOID
VALVE
■4
"I"
m . ' i | IH r
>440-1.0 ORN

■439-.8 p n k / b lk mmm

M i l ’ S k BF 4 450-.8 BLK/WHT H T

EXHAUST GAS
468-.8 GRN
RECIRCULATION I I
INJECTOR (EGR)
482-.8 WHT • S126 SOLENOID
(LB4, L03)

z
1
120 FUSE
467-.8 DK BLU 486-.8 BRN
120
INJECTOR • 1
IN-LINE
C136 FUSE
12033769 ELECTRONIC
SPARK CONTROL
ENGINE (SEE PAGE 54)
GROUND
G108
 RPO CODES
435 -.8 GRA
LB4 - ENGINE, 4.3L (262 CID) V6 ENGINE, VIN Z
465-.8 DK GRN/WHT.*
L03 — ENGINE, 5.0L (305 CID) V8 GAS ENGINE, VIN I
OIL PRESSURE ■481-.8 RED L05 — ENGINE, 5.7L (350 CID) V8 GAS ENGINE, VIN I
SWITCH (SEE PAGE 54) L19 — ENGINE, 7.4L (454 CID) V8 GAS ENGINE, VIN N
« i" i
440-.8 ORN 11440-.8 ORN I
481-.8 RED I 440-1.0 ORN — S245 I 120-.8GRAMS'
► ■ U 3 9 -.8 PNK/BLK r ^ * 4 f " * 440-1.0 ORN H i 440-.8 ORN I
r 453-.8 BLK/RED f
m 444-.8 LT GRN/BLK I

^ ■ 440-1.0 O R N W — ■ t I I 430-.8 PPL/WHT I

m 443-.8 LT GRN/WHT
: .......... ........ _ l
| 444-.8 LT GRN/BLK I
r " . — r — - ECM
I 443-.8 LT GRN/WHT m 441-.8 LT BLU/WHT I CONNECTOR
I 441-.8 LT BLU/WHT
4". 442-.8 LT BLU/BLK ■
442-.8 LT BLU/BLK d J 9 CUE
450-.8 BLK/WHT ' M 450-.8 BLK/WHT m

423-.8 WHT mm—m GT100 m 423-.8 WHT ■ ■

12041304 (UPPER)
12041305 (LOWER) W 430-.8 PPL/WHT
' 430-.8 PPL/WHT T

424-.8 TAN/BLK V m 424-.8 TAN/BLK J

' 453-.8 BLK/RED W S 453-.8 BLK/RED

435-.8 GRA I <r ■ ■ 435-.8 GRA

I 435-.8 GRA ■ 435-.8 GRA ■ ■

436-.8 BRN I m 436-.8 BRN ^ _________ ■?- L _ i i i i r j l .L . IT

L 4 3 6 - .8 B R N m ( ■ 1 | |
r-51
413-.8 TAN i 413-.8 TAN
I I
I

I
k I

S 1/ ™ ,
J * m m m ±w m m

" I I 1 1
mmm

I I
m m 450-.8 BLK/WHT I

423-.8 WHT I
450-1.0 BLK/WHT ' m r m m r a 450-1.0 b l k / w h t w m r m m m m am ^ m m • (see | ■■■■■■
424-.8 TAN/BLK
I ---1j
450-1.0 BLK/WHT mm m am < 450-1.0 b l k / w h t m m m m o m" m m * mm Ig r ■m m✓
m i X . I fm' r rs | ^T 21 >i “ r r — 413-.8 TAN 413 | 6
Dm 7 u
468-.8 GRN I
1468- 8 GRN
C m 8 CZD
ECM
467-.8 DK BLU 1 □ • doU
467-.8 DK BLU ■ ■ ■ ■
439-.8 PNK/WHT I— 110 Riol CONNECTOR
CD 11 UM2
sr
465-.8 DK GRN/WHT I 4 465-.8 DK GRN/WHT
TCC STOPLAMP c m 12 c m
120-.8 GRA H B H B I 120-.8 GRA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ SWITCH cm w gei
(SEE PAGES 148, 149) C225
^ [ 4 6 8 ] 14 H i T I
439-.8 PNK/WHT W 439-.8 PNK/BLK 468-.8 GRN I 12045575
-<450.8 BLK/WHT
^ c = !i« c m
I 467 I 16 MD8 ONLY
439-.8 PNK/BLK W 439-.8 PNK/BLK 467-.8 BLU I
m mam ^ ^ v 439-*8 PNK/BLK
I 490-.8 R E D H H H 440-.8 ORN M
I ---------l - l —
439-.8 PNK/BLK
481-.8 RED I 481-.8 RED I 481-.8 RED m m
- 439-.8 PNK/BLK . 439-.8 PNK/BLK
1440-1.0 ORN M 450-.8 BLK/WHT l

439-.8 PNK/BLK ■ ■
>S238
ENGINE i /p 450-.8 BLK/WHT
I 450-.8 BLK/WHT W

/N
| 490 | 33 |
I490-.8 RED ■ 490
696
422
461 C273B
(
98 | 92 | 25 | r\ 419 12041254
33 490 31
: 94 29 14 436
m 9 15
25 92 98 :
451
140 12 J L 93 3
450 439-.8

u>
140 PNK/BLK
2 5 0 | 35 | : 593 11
( 35 250 ENGINE
2 | 696 |
m : 18 9 r 39
696
401
2
400 :
ELECTRIC
SPARK CONTROL
(SEE PAGE 54)
400 I 401 j 39 ] : 24 30 19 C273A
24 75 6 C272
ll
¥]
12041255
6 | 75 | 24 | 12020043
C273
439-.8 PNK/BLK 12020213
E3
C100
12020183 C100
ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (ECM) OUTPUTS
12020184 GASOLINE ENGINES, W/O AUTO TRANS, HD, 4-SPD, OVERDRIVE
Ul
00
 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE

GASOLINE WITH HD 4-SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WITH OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT WIRE

COLOR CAVITY DESCRIPTION
WIRE NO. SIZE
CIRCUIT COLOR CAVITY DESCRIPTION
NO. SIZE 439 .8 PNK/BLK C1 12V IGNITION FUSED
465 .8 DK GRN/WHT A1 FUEL PUMP RELAY DRIVE 450 .8 BLK/WHT C2 SYSTEM GROUND
1223 .8 YEL/BLK A2 SOLENOID B DRIVER C3 NOT USED
1222 .8 LTGRN A3 SOLENOID A DRIVER 416 .8 GRA C4 5V SENSOR REFERENCE
422 .8 TAN/BLK A4 TCC DRIVER 417 .8 DK BLU C5 TPS
A5 NOT USED 441 .8 LT BLU/WHT C6 STEPPER COIL A HIGH
436 .8 BRN A6 AIR DIVERTER 442 .8 LT BLU/BLK C7 STEPPER COIL A LOW
419 .8 BRN/WHT A7 SYSTEM CHECK LAMP 444 .8 LT GRN/BLK C8 STEPPER COIL B LOW
A8 NOT USED 443 .8 LT GRN/WHT C9 STEPPER COIL B HIGH
A9 NOT USED 432 .8 LTGRN C10 MAP
A10 NOT USED C11 NOT USED
435 .8 GRA A11 EVRV SOLENOID C12 NOT USED
59 .8 DKGRN A12 AIR CONDITIONING 413 .8 TAN C13 OXYGEN SENSOR GROUND
B1 NOT USED 412 .8 PPL C14 OXYGEN SENSOR
PRESSURE SWITCH MANIFOLD C 468 .8 WHT C15 INJECTOR B DRIVER
1226 .8 RED B2
PRESSURE SWITCH MANIFOLD B 467 .8 GRN C16 INJECTOR A DRIVER
1225 .8 DK BLU B3
1224 .8 PNK B4 PRESSURE SWITCH MANIFOLD A 440 .8 ORN D1 12V BATTERY FUSED
1232 .8 LT BLU B5 OUTPUT SPEED HIGH 455 .8 PPL D2 SENSOR GROUND
1233 .8 DK GRN/YEL B6 OUTPUT SPEED LOW 452 .8 BLK D3 SENSOR GROUND
1229 .8 LT BLU/WHT B7 FORCE MOTOR LOW 474 .8 GRA D4 5V SENSOR REFERENCE
1228 .8 BLK/RED B8 FORCE MOTOR HIGH — D5 NOT USED
1230 .8 DK BLU/WHT B9 INPUT SPEED HIGH 451 .8 WHT/BLK D6 ALDL
1231 .8 GRA/RED B10 INPUT SPEED LOW 120 .8 GRA D7 ELECTRIC FUEL PUMP FEED FUSED
437 .8 BRN B11 DRAC D8 NOT USED
B12 NOT USED D9 NOT USED
D10 NOT USED
423 .8 WHT D11 HEI SPARK TIMING
424 .8 TAN/BLK D12 HEI BYPASS
453 .8 BLK/RED D13 DISTRIBUTOR REFERENCE LOW
430 .8 PPL/WHT D14 DISTRIBUTOR REFERENCE HIGH
1227 .8 BLK/YEL D15 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE
410 .8 YEL D16 COOLANT TEMPERATURE
 __ ____________________RPO CODES
L05 — ENGINE, 5.7L (350 CID) V8 GAS ENGINE, VIN K
L19 — ENGINE, 7.4L (454 CID) V8 GAS ENGINE, VIN N

r
I 439-.8 PNK/BLK
S238

r
465-.8 DK GRN/WHT
(SEE PAGE 64)

439-.8 PNK/BLK

465-.8 DK GRN/WHT I
A 465-.8 DK GRN/WHT W J PCM
CONNECTOR

L19 ONLY I

t 443-.8 LT GRN/WHT .
.443-.8 LT GRN/WHT 433-.8 LT GRN/WHT
J ___
GT100 ■ 442-.8 LT BLU/BLK I
r 442-.8 LT BLU/BLK ■
I 442-.8 LT BLU/BLK - 441-.8 LT BLU/WHT 1
12041304 (UPPER) * 444-.8 LT GRN/BLK i
12041305 (LOWER)
! 441-.8 LT BLU/WHT -
441-.8 LT BLU/WHT 450-.8 BLK/WHT ■ * T Z ■iT Z^ 1Si *
I
I-
!
x
> 444-.8 LT GRN/BLK |
j i ------------------------ w ffl m g §
444-.8 LT GRN/BLK 4 S239 (SEE |I 1o 3m 3 i
' 450-.8 BLK/WHT 4
I PAGES 21, 22, 23)
440-1.0 ORN
D
■ 440 | 1
EEJ 2 C«o
C
OP" J ±
, b b
^

b
oo
(3

b
°S
■ 440-1.0 ORN Q 52] 3 | 551 dl ,1 co
5 2
"V a
^ s
[w]
r™
4 f 416
■ 440-1.0 ORN
GH] 5

450-1.0 BLK/WHT

413-.8 TAN
■440-1.0 ORN

I 450-1.0 BLK/WHT
’ 450-1.0 BLK/WHT
■ 413-.8 TAN
120-.8 GRA

CD CE
GE)

CD
CD
Gfl I I
" 120 I 7
6

8
9
L 444
| 443
10 1 432
II
= = 4 - ’J !
PCM
CD
l~423l 11 [1061
■ 120-.8 GRA S216 CONNECTOR
[ 424 [ 12
1 |
453 13 | 413
■ 120-.8 GRA
Raol 14 GUI
QH3 15 f468~
HOT FUEL 16 j 467
120-1.0 GRA UZSI
HANDLING FUEL SENDER
fc r m m m r m am 450-1.0 b l k / w h t '
mmm 490-.8 RED a t MODULE
(SEE PAGE 61) (L05, L19)
12052177
AND PUMP
ENGINE ALD L 413-.8 TAN

A
33 490 31 m
490 422
25 92 98 :
L 93
140
3
696

U ) 35 250 ( 450 )

r
39
696
401
2
400 :
1061 450
451

'GbD
| 400 401 39 24 75 6 ' 450-1.0 BLK/WHT BLK/WHT

6 75 24
I C272
1120-1.0 GRA GRA

ta 12020043
FUEL
12015454
I 30-.8 PPL
GAGE ^ ------
C100 (SEE PAGE 101)
12020183
 »^V'AAAAAAAAiV\AA/\A-7
tsV W W V W W W vV Af fTs^/WVWWWVWvt J HOT IN START > 11176-.8 PNK/BLK
J HOT IN START S J HOT IN START ^ ^ OR RUN s>
^ OR RUN > > OR RUN ? V vnAAAWAAAAMVV^
t^vVVVVV'/'AAAA^Wv/^ £V\/\/VVVV'VV\A/VWVV'^

1176-.8 PNK/BLK I
 ___________________ RPO CODE________

B4U — SPORTS PERFORMANCE PACKAGE

39-.8 PNK/BLK r 39-.8 PNK/BLK

S213 (SEE PAGE 33)

439-.8 PNK/BLK

ENGINE ! LT GRA/BLK 1 ^ * 8 2 2 [ g f 818 [ D

ALDL n i 121 l^ p 1176-.8 PNK/BLK

821-.8 PPL/WHT iST]g( 31 i n

S214 (SEE PAGE 101)
I D 0 Q D
49u 422 • m A 450-.8 BLK/WHT
696 461

436
nl l-r^n-y
451 451-.8 WHT/BLK I □D0D
450 450-.8 BLK/WHT (~l| h fliF ID
ni kr^iD
C272 □D0D
12020043

□DE3”CE1D l/P CLUSTER

n m ^ D CONNECTOR
INPUT SPEED (SEE PAGES 98, 99)
SENSOR
SPEED SENSOR
H! —
451-.8 WHT/BLK I
rf^ L _ CO
C201

ygF
cm
12065803
i- i nil i A 1230-.8 GRA/RED •629/W/DRL (T61)
SPEED SENSOR
LO — .1230

C187
12040753
I
439-.8 PNK/BLK

451-.8 WHT/BLK

450-.8 BLK/WHT
tr
I 437-.8 BRN u
■1230-.8 GRA/RED ■ ■

, 1231-.8 DK BLU/WHT I

V 1233 -.8 DK GRN/YEL I

m 1232 .8 LT BLU mmam

OUTPUT SPEED
SENSOR /7 ^ S \

SPEED SENSOR
H! — ■822
|f ^ ) _ CM

4 m il
■822-.8 LT GRN/BLK ill CD 822-.8 LT GRN/BLI

821-.8 PPL/WHT

Jgr
1821-.8 PPL/WHT W
SPEED SENSOR
■821 A
LO —
C182
C183 12110201 12084935
12040753
1176-.8 PNK/BLK

I 1176-.8 PNK/BLK i

11176-.8 PNK/BLK |
 A BATTERY
o JUNCTION
o BLOCK

o
o
-|p ]= j— ■ 2.5 GRA
Q- FUSIBLE LINK

V
ELECTRONIC
SPARK
TIMING
(EST)

EVRV
(L05, L19,
HEAVY DUTY
ONLY)

AIR
DIVERTER
SOLENOID
VALVE

k k k k k l k k l
INJECTOR - 2

INJECTOR - 1

FUEL
PUMP
RELAY

EGR
SOLENOID
(LB4 ONLY)
 CHECK ENGINE LAMP
(SEE PAGE 100)

C273
12020213

ENGINE
 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE — DIESEL

CIRCUIT WIRE COLOR CAVITY DESCRIPTION

NO. SIZE
432 .8 LT GRN A1 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESS
417 .8 DK BLU A2 THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
410 .8 YEL A3 COOLANT TEMPERATURE
A4 NOT USED
A5 NOT USED
451 .8 BLK A6 ALDL
A7 NOT USED
643 .8 WHT A8 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
437 .8 BRN A9 SPEED SIGNAL
487 .8 WHT/BLK A10 CHECK ENGINE LAMP
A11 NOT USED
416 .8 GRA A12 5V REF. VOLT
452 .8 BLK C1 GROUND
A TT r \
H-QU n
.O DLrv
D l
vV n i
L/'MA/LJT r * n o vi o
u g
tc
il
m
_ivi u n u u
i m
n
p
u

C3 NOT USED
C4 NOT USED
*422 .8 TAN/BLK C5 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
421 .8 DK BLU/WHT C6 COLD ADVANCE
C7 NOT USED
C8 NOT USED
C9 NOT USED
435 .8 GRA C10 EGR DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
467 .8 LT BLU C11 EGR SOLENOID
538 .8 DK GRN C12 EGR SOLENOID
C13 NOT USED
439 .8 PNK/BLK C14 12V IGNITION FUSED
C15 NOT USED
440 .8 ORN C16 12V BATTERY FUSED

*AUTO TRANS ONLY

 tV'AWWW\AAAA/\AA'1
<* HOT IN START >■
<1 OR RUN r
/'V s A /w w w v v w w V 'i

BATTERY
JUNCTION
BLOCK

RWAL
DIODE

CHECK ENGINE
LAMP DRIVER MODULE
(SEE PAGE 105)

C A B
r a 12 r n
i— i 111— i
4~48fl
S ]
10 C D
9□
P
CD 7e □CD
rw i 8 cm

— UE2
I I 5 | |
CZ3 « CD
3c zn
rw i 2 i i
g h u 1 czj

EGR DUMP i
SOLENOID C D
VALVE 161 i

ID 13 CD
ID M □
m 12 □ □ a
I D 11 □
ra n » i— i
EGR PULSE
SOLENOID VALVE □
□ s CD
9 CZD

□ ^ □
[«D 6 □

CD□ 43 CD
IE! 5 □

CD
> d °] 2 □
EGR SOLENOID ■i m 1 □
VALVE
L
ECM
CONNECTORS
COLD ADVANCE
RELAY
(SEE PAGE 78)
 yV^AWVWVWWvVAAxj h/W W W W W W W V V t
\ HOT IN START OR RUN S % HOT IN START OR RUN <

Z v\A /w vv/w v w v w v ^ 7 v \A / w v w v w w v w i

COOLANT
TEMP
SENSOR
 139-.8 PNK/BLK I

437-.8 BRN

822-.8 LT GRN/BLK
I IJM fcjm822 Igof w To i n
l 39-.8 PNK/BLK, r ' •
S213 | 11121 M 237Q
(SEE PAGE 33)
□EH 3D
821-.8 PPL/WHT 821 | g | 31 Q
r “

n r^ fc i in
□ i b m a
I || | o>| 39 h — 1 39-.8 PNK/BLK

□r>r»o
n C Z fr-Q n
□CZMIEP
□ C Z H 3D
□ m -R T ID
l/P CLUSTER
n m - m p
CONNECTOR
n n s rv n n n (SEE PAGES 98, 99)

'629/W/DRL (T61)

C201
12065803

!_ l

i
ENGINE

u
I ' ^
1 E 3 3

H | 31 | 490 | 33 |

J 25 |

o>
00

0>
CM
1 33 490 31

d I3I93I111 25 92 98 :

I I 2 140 I U
93 3

i
I I 250 35 | u u ©
140
35
696
2
250

| 2 | 696 | n r 2
j

FI
in m 39 822 821 Ia r m m v 821-.8 p p l / w h t m m
sL i ..... i----------r
1 821 I 822 I 39 | 1J 24
i
A
I'll 24 |
K
O
\
vss C100
C100
12020183
SPEED SENSOR 12020184
— HI
SPEED SENSOR
-LO . 822
r J i
 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE — DIESEL ENGINE

CIRCUIT WIRE COLOR CAVITY DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT WIRE

SIZE COLOR CAVITY DESCRIPTION
NO. NO. SIZE
A1 NOT USED 450 .8 BLK/WHT C1 SYSTEM GROUND
A2 NOT USED 551 .8 TAN C2 SYSTEM GROUND
1224 .8 PNK A3 PRESSURE SWITCH MANIFOLD A 452 .8 BLK C3 SENSOR GROUND
1225 .8 DK BLU A4 PRESSURE SWITCH MANIFOLD B 474 .8 GRA C4 5V SENSOR REFERENCE
1226 .8 RED A5 PRESSURE SWITCH MANIFOLD C C5 NOT USED
1223 .8 YEL/BLK A6 SOLENOID B DRIVER C6 NOT USED
1222 .8 LT GRN A7 SOLENOID A DRIVER C7 NOT USED
451 .8 WHT/BLK A8 ALDL C8 NOT USED
A9 NOT USED C9 NOT USED
A10 NOT USED C10 NOT USED
A11 NOT USED C11 NOT USED
440 .8 ORN A12 12V BATTERY FUSED C12 NOT USED
B1 NOT USED C13 NOT USED
B2 NOT USED C14 NOT USED
59 .8 DK GRN B3 AIR CONDITIONING 1229 .8 LT BLU/WHT C15 FORCE MOTOR HIGH
420 .8 PPL/BLK B4 BRAKE SIGNAL 439 .8 PNK/BLK C16 12V IGNITION FUSED
422 .8 TAN/BLK B5 TCC D1 NOT USED
B6 NOT USED 437 .8 BRN D2 VSS
B7 NOT USED 1231 .8 DK BLU/WHT D3 INPUT SPEED LOW
B8 NOT USED 1230 .8 LT BLU D4 INPUT SPEED HIGH
1234 .5 GRA/RED B9 SERVICE TRANSMISSION LAMP D5 NOT USED
1061 .8 LT GRN B10 SERIAL DATA 643 .8 WHT D6 ENGINE SPEED
1232 .8 LT BLU B11 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR HIGH 452 .8 BLK D7 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
1233 .8 DK GRN/YEL B12 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR LOW 417 .8 DK BLU D8 TPS
D9 NOT USED
D10 NOT USED
D11 NOT USED
D12 NOT USED
1227 .8 BLK/YEL D13 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE
433 .8 GRA/BLK D14 BP SENSOR
D15 NOT USED
1228 .8 RED/BLK D16 FORCE MOTOR LOW
 BATTERY
JUNCTION

TRANSMISSION
CONNECTOR
 4 1176-.8 PNK/BLK 4
NAAAAAAAA^/VsAyVW rs/vAWVWVvAAA^V\AA^f rT^W^VVWWVWVVl
? ^ HOT IN START OR RUN C 5^ HOT IN START OR RUN < i 39-.8 PNK/BLK ^ 39-.8 PNK/BLK T
BATTERY < HOT IN START OR RUN
S213 (SEE PAGE 33)
JUNCTION ]^WAAAA/VWVAA/\AW^ ^ v A /w v w w w \W Zw vw vvw w w vw i
439-.8 PNK/BLK
 1176-.8 PNK/BLK

39-.8 PNK/BLK

I 439-.8 PNK/BLK

ALDL

439-.8 PNK/BLK
I 451-.8 WHT/BLK
I 450-.8 BLK/WHT

I 437-.8BRN

11230-.8 GRA/RED
. 1231-.8 DK BLU/WHT
1232-.8 LT BLU
1233-.8 DK GRN/YEL
I 1176-.8 PNK/BLK ■
1176-.8 PNK/BLK

OUTPUT 1176-.8 PNK/BLK

SPEED
SENSOR 821-.8 PPL/WHT ,
- nI
o>
CIRCUIT OPERATION through the Fuel Heater. The heater contains a thermo­ DIAGNOSIS — DIESEL ENGINE FUEL CONTROLS
static switch. The switch opens or closes, to turn the
heater off or on, depending on the temperature of the fuel. FUEL HEATER DOES NOT OPERATE
The Diesel Fuel Filter System combines five functions
into a single package: The fuel then passes through the Primary and Second­
ary filters. Next the fuel flows through the water coalescer. TEST RESULT ACTION
1. It heats diesel fuel to prevent wax-plugging of the
filter: Here the droplets of water in the fuel are combined into 1. Disconnect fuel heater connector Battery voltage. GO to step 2.
2. It combines very small droplets of water in the fuel larger drops, the drops fall to the water reservoir in the C127. Place ignition switch to RUN
No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse
into larger drops and separates the water from the filter. When fuel flows from the Fuel Filter Assembly to the position. Connect a voltmeter from
(GAGES). If fuse is good, LOCATE
fuel; injection pump, it is clean and free of water. PNK/BLK (39) wire at fuel heater
and REPAIR open in PNK/BLK
3. It filters the diesel fuel; connector C127 to ground.
The Solid-State Water in Fuel Sensor applies voltage to (39) wire from fuel heater to fuse
4. It detects the presence of excess water in the fuel; a Probe. When the Probe touches water, the Module block.
and
closes a switch. This completes a circuit to ground to light 2. Connect a voltmeter from PNK/BLK Battery voltage. REPLACE fuel heater.
5. It provides a means to drain the water it has sepa­
the SERVICE FUEL FILTER Indicator. (39) wire to BLK (150) wire at fuel
rated. No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
heater connector C127.
A time delay circuit in the Water in Fuel Module (150) wire from fuel heater to
The Fuel Filter Assembly consists of the Fuel Heater, grounds the Indicator bulb briefly to test the bulb each ground terminal G106.
the Water in Fuel Sensor and a Filter. The Filter contains
time the system is turned on.
the "coalescer" (the device that combines small droplets
of water into larger ones) and the filter/separator. The Fuel Heater is operated by a built-in thermostatic
switch. When the switch is closed, battery voltage is SERVICE FUEL FILTER INDICATOR LIGHTS WITH NO WATER IN FUEL
An electric fuel pump delivers diesel fuel from the tank
applied to the heater from the GAGES Fuse.
to the fuel filter. As fuel enters the filter, it passes first TEST RESULT ACTION
Place ignition switch in RUN SERVICE FUEL FILTER indicator LOCATE and REPAIR short to
position. Disconnect water in fuel stays on. ground in YEL/BLK (508) wire.
sensor connector C126.
SERVICE FUEL FILTER indicator REPLACE water in fuel sensor.
goes out.

SERVICE FUEL FILTER INDICATOR DOES NOT LIGHT BRIEFLY WITH

IGNITION SWITCH TURNED TO RUN
TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect water in fuel sensor Battery voltage. GO to step 2.
connector C126 and place ignition
No voltage reading. CHECK condition of fuse
switch in RUN. Connect a voltmeter
(GAGES). If fuse is good, LOCATE
from PNK/BLK (39) wire at fuel
and REPAIR open in PNK/BLK
sensor connector C126 to ground.
(39) wire from fuel sensor to fuse
block.
2. Connect a voltmeter from PNK/BLK Battery voltage. GO to step 3.
(39) to BLK (150) wire at water in fuel
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
sensor connector C126.
(150) wire from fuel sensor to
ground terminal G106.
3. Connect a voltmeter from YEL/BLK Battery voltage. REPLACE water in fuel sensor.
(508) wire at water in fuel sensor
No voltage. CHECK Service Fuel Filter lamp. If
connector C126 to ground.
lamp is good, LOCATE and
REPAIR open in YEL/BLK (508)
wire.

DIESEL ENGINE FUEL CONTROLS 77

GLOW PLUG
CONTROLLER
(SEE PAGE 84)
 GT100
12041304 (UPPER) GLOW PLUG
806-.8 PPL/WHT ■CONTROLLER
(SEE PAGE 86)
806-.8 PPL/WHT *

I 806-.8 PPL/WHT r

I 39-.8 PNK/BLK |

■ 2-3.0 RED/WHT

1806-.8 PPL/WHT I
CIRCUIT OPERATION When the Glow Plug Controller receives the Start DIAGNOSIS — GLOW PLUGS
Input, the Glow Plugs and WAIT Indicator will cycle ON/
OFF after the Ignition Switch is returned to RUN.
The heating of the Glow Plugs Is controlled by the Glow PRELIMINARY CHECKS: Turn ignition switch to OFF and then momentarily to
Plug Relay in the Glow Plug Controller. Battery voltage is After approximately 25 seconds the Controller will open START and return to RUN position. The WAIT indicator
A check of the glow plug system should be performed
applied to the relay contacts through the RED wire from the Glow Plug Relay and the heating of the plugs stops. If should flash for approximately 25 seconds and then go
before doing diagnostic procedures.
Junction Block. The relay is operated by a Solid-State the engine is restarted while the engine is at normal oper­ out.
Controller. The Controller responds to engine temperature ating temperature, the ECM will keep the relay contacts With engine below normal operating temperature, turn
With engine at normal operating temperature, turn igni­
and also to an Ignition Switch Start Input. open so that no plug heating takes place. ignition switch to RUN. The WAIT indicator should light.
tion switch to RUN. The WAIT indicator should not flash
After approximately 10 seconds, the WAIT indicator must
When the Ignition Switch is turned to RUN, battery for a VIN C engine and should flash for a VIN J engine.
begin to flash for an additional 10 seconds and then go
voltage is applied to the Enable Input of the Controller. out.
The Glow Plug Relay within the Controller will be ener­
gized for approximately 5 seconds during which it applies
voltage to the Glow Plugs and WAIT Indicator. After the
initial time period the relay will be de-energized for 5 sec­ WAIT INDICATOR DOES NOT FLASH OR FLASHES FOR THE INCORRECT AMOUNT OF TIME WHEN
onds then will cycle ON/OFF for approximately 10 sec­ ENGINE IS BELOW NORMAL OPERATING TEMPERATURE
onds.
TEST RESULT ACTION
NOTE: For V8 diesel engines with a VIN
C, ground DK BLU/WHT (421) wire at
cold advance glow plug inhibit relay
connector C120.
1. Place ignition switch in RUN Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
position. Connect a test lamp from
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
RED (2) wire at glow plug controller
RED (2) wire and fusible link from
to ground.
glow plug controller to junction
block.
2. Connect a test lamp from LT GRN/ Test lamp lights. GO to step 6.
BLK (531) wire for VIN C or PNK (3)
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3 for VIN C engines.
wire for VIN J engines at glow plug
controller connector C195 to ground. For VIN J engines LOCATE and
REPAIR open in PNK (3) wire from
glow plug controller to fuel shutoff
valve.
3. Connect a test lamp from PNK (39) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
wire at cold advance glow plug Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse
inhibit relay connector C120 to
(GAGES). If fuse is good, LOCATE
ground. and REPAIR open in PNK (39) wire
from inhibit relay to fuse block.
4. Connect a test lamp from PNK/BLK Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
(439) wire at cold advance glow plug Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
inhibit relay connector C120 to PNK/BLK (439) wire.
ground.
 WAIT INDICATOR DOES NOT FLASH OR FLASHES FOR THE INCORRECT AMOUNT OF TIME WHEN WAIT INDICATOR STAYS ON OR FLASHES WHEN ENGINE IS AT NORMAL OPERATING
ENGINE IS BELOW NORMAL OPERATING TEMPERATURE — CONTINUED TEMPERATURE AND IGNITION SWITCH IN RUN POSITION (VIN C ENGINE ONLY)
TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION
5. Connect a 10 amp, fused jumper Test lamp lights. CHECK for open in DK BLU/WHT 1. Connect a test lamp from PNK (39) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
from DK BLU/WHT (421) wire at (421) wire from inhibit relay to wire at cold advance glow plug
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse
cold advance glow plug inhibit relay ECM. If wire is good, problem is inhibit relay connector C120 to
(GAGES). If fuse is good, LOCATE
connector C120 to ground. Connect with ECM. Refer to Section 6E in ground.
and REPAIR open from inhibit
a test lamp from LT GRN/BLK (531) Service Manual.
relay to fuse block.
wire at inhibit relay connector C120 CHECK for open in LT GRN/BLK
Test lamp does not light. 2. Connect a test lamp from PNK/BLK Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
to ground. (531) wire. If good, REPLACE cold (439) wire at cold advance glow plug
advance glow plug inhibit relay. Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
inhibit relay connector C120 to
PNK/BLK (439) wire.
6. Connect a test lamp from LT GRN/ Test lamp lights. GO to step 7. ground.
BLK (531) wire for VIN C engines or Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK 3. Connect a fused jumper from DK Test lamp lights. CHECK for open in DK BLU/WHT
PNK (3) wire for VIN J engines to (150) wire from glow plug controller BLU/WHT (421) wire at cold advance (421) wire from inhibit relay to
BLK (150) wire at glow plug to ground terminal G106. glow plug inhibit relay connector ECM. If wire is good, problem is
controller connector C195. C120 to ground. Connect a test lamp with ECM. Refer to Section 6E in
7. Connect a test lamp from PPL/WHT Test lamp lights. GO to step 8. from LT GRN/BLK (531) wire at Service Manual.
(806) wire at glow plug controller inhibit relay connector C120 to
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse Test lamp does not light. REPLACE cold advance glow plug
connector C195 to ground. Move ground.
(CRANK). If fuse is good, LOCATE inhibit relay.
ignition switch to START position. and REPAIR open in PPL/WHT
(806) wire from glow plug controller
to fuse block.
8. Place ignition.switch to OFF Test lamp lights. REPLACE glow plug controller.
position. Connect a test lamp from Test lamp does not light. GO to step 9.
GRA (503 and 509) wires at glow
plug controller to ground.
9. Disconnect glow plug controller Reading of 2 ohms or less. GO to step 10.
connector C195. Using a positive Reading greater than 2 ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
polarity ohmmeter, check continuity GRA (503) and ORN (503) wires
between GRA (503) and BLK (150) from glow plug controller
wires. connector to glow plug harness
splice S109.
10. Reconnect glow plug controller Test lamp cycles on and off for GO to step 11.
connector. Connect a test lamp from approximately 25 seconds then
GRA (503 and 509) wire at glow goes off.
plug controller to ground. Turn Test lamp DOES NOT light or REPLACE glow plug controller.
ignition switch momentarily to cycles for the incorrect time.
START and then release to RUN
position.
11. Remove all connectors from glow Test lamp lights for all glow plugs. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
plugs. Connect one lead of a test GRA (503 and 509) wires and
lamp to battery voltage and other fusible links from glow plug to
lead to each glow plug. controller.
Test lamp does not light for one or REPLACE glow plug(s) where test
more glow plugs. lamp did not light.
tA/WvAAAAA/vVWVVW r///VVW W vVW W Vvi n A /V W W W vV V W \A M
<£ HOT IN START > S HOT IN START > ^ HOT IN >
< OR RUN > 2 OR RUN f 2 START ?
KVW W VW W W W AT 2v \A/\AAi'V/WWWW\A
 GT100
12041304 (UPPER)
ENGINE 12041305 (LOWER)

806-.8 PPL/WHT
 js W V W V W W W W M
S HOT IN START S
^ v ^ N /v w w w w v v v i
BATTERY
JUNCTION
CRANK

?
BLOCK
5 AMP

806-.8 PPL/WHT 806-.8 PPL/WHT

S151
■ 2-1.0 BLK 2-5.0 RED
(FUSIBLE LINK)

S156
■(p^ga— — 2-3.0 RED mmm 2-8.0 RED
(FUSIBLE LINK)

FROM RH BATTERY (-)

(SEE PAGE 14)

RIGHT BANK
G100 GLOW PLUG

< kMSL t ~ — 3 3-3.0 PNK

=====
C123
FUEL SHUT- 12020274
OFF VALVE

S191
503-1.0 DK GRN 1503-.5 GRA I
FUSIBLE
509-2.0 GRA

503-2.0 GRA

806-.8 PPL/WHT

503-.6 GRA,
(FUSIBLE LINK)
3-3.0 PNK i w

150-1.0 BLK 150-1.0 BLK

GLOW PLUG S110
(SEE PAGE 20)
WAIT INDICATOR
LEFT BANK (SEE PAGE 105) GLOW PLUG
FROM LH BATTERY (-) GLOW PLUG CONTROLLER
(SEE PAGE 14) ENGINE
GROUND
= - G106
 GT 100
12041304 (UPPER)
12041305 (LOWER)

ENGINE

806-.8 PPL/WHTI
A 806-.8 PPL/WHT
(SEE PAGE 80)
I 806-.8 PPL/WHT

12020213

806-.8 PPL/WHT

ENGINE

2-5.0 RED 33 490 31

25 92 98
3-3.0 PNK
L 93 3
140 2
35 250 S202 (SEE PAGE 14)

r
39
696
401
2
400
I
6

I 300 I IGN 3
C100 C100 B|r 3
12020183 12020184 2~l GRD 1 j 35 I

£ 3-3.0 GRD2 | 33 |
S206
(SEE PAGE 14) C256
6294641

M 806-.8 PPL/WHT

IGNITION
SWITCH
 Battery voltage is also applied through the front axle
switch contacts and PPL (420) wires to the rear-wheel-
antilock brake module. This will keep the antilock braking TEST RESULT ACTION
When the ignition switch is in RUN and the four-wheel system disabled in 4WD mode. The in-line resistor (auto 1. Connect a test lamp from BRN (50) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
drive control lever is engaged, the transfer case switch trans only) prevents the transmission converter clutch wire at transfer case switch
closes and battery voltage is applied across the front axle solenoid from engaging when the front axle switch is Test lamp does not light. Check condition of fuse (4WD). If
connector C172 to ground.
actuator. The front axle actuator energizes and the four- closed. fuse is good, LOCATE and
wheel drive gears are meshed. This meshing action of the REPAIR open in BRN (50) wire
four-wheel drive gears closes the front axle switch, and A transfer case relay is used on one-ton vehicles from transfer case switch to
battery voltage is applied through the WHT (156) wire equipped with dual wheels and four-wheel drive. This convenience center. If wiring is
across the four-wheel drive indicator lighting the bulb. relay is energized when the vehicle is in 4WD mode. From good, LOCATE and REPAIR open
the transfer case relay, voltage is supplied to the transfer in PNK/WHT (350) wire from
case synchronizer. convenience center to fuse block.
2. Connect a test lamp from LT BLU Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
(1296) wire at transfer case switch
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE transfer case switch.
connector C172 to ground.
3. Disconnect front axle actuator Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
DIAGNOSIS — FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE connector C174. Connect a test lamp
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
from LT BLU (1296) wire at front axle
BLU (1296) wire from front axle
actuator connector C174 to ground.
actuator to transfer case switch.
PRELIMINARY CHECKS 4. Connect a test lamp from LT BLU Test lamp lights. REPLACE front axle actuator.
(1296) to BLK (150) wires at front axle GO to step 5 for one-ton vehicles
Make sure all mechanical components are operative actuator connector C174.
before diagnosing the electrical portion of the four-wheel equipped with dual wheels.
drive system. Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
(150) wire from front axle actuator
To determine whether the vehicle is in two-wheel drive to ground terminal G202.
or four-wheel drive, it must be lifted up so the wheels can
spin freely. 5. Disconnect transfer case Test lamp lights. REPLACE transfer case
synchronizer connector C185. synchronizer.
While performing the following diagnostic procedures, Connect a test lamp from RED (901)
the Ignition Switch must be in RUN and 4WD Control Test lamp does not light. CHECK wiring going to transfer
wire at transfer case synchronizer
Lever must be in the 4WD ENGAGED position. case relay for opens. If wiring is
connector C185 to ground.
good, REPLACE transfer case
relay.
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE WILL NOT DISENGAGE
TEST RESULT ACTION FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE ENGAGES BUT 4WD INDICATOR LAMP WILL NOT LIGHT
Disconnect transfer case switch 4WD disengages. REPLACE transfer case switch. TEST RESULT ACTION
connector C172. 4WD does not disengage. CHECK for a mechanical problem 1. Remove 4WD indicator lamp. Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
within the transfer case. Connect a test lamp from WHT (156)
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
wire at 4WD indicator lamp
connector C330 to ground.
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE INDICATOR LAMP WILL NOT TURN OFF 2. Connect a test lamp from WHT (156) Test lamp lights. REPLACE 4WD indicator lamp.
to BLK (150) wires at 4WD indicator
TEST RESULT ACTION Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
lamp connector C330.
(150) wire from 4WD indicator lamp
Disconnect front axle solenoid switch 4WD indicator lamp goes off. REPLACE front axle solenoid to ground terminal G202.
connector C173. switch.
3. Connect a test lamp from BRN (50) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
wire at front axle solenoid switch
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (4WD). If
connector C173 to ground.
fuse is good, LOCATE and
REPAIR open in BRN (50) wire
from front axle solenoid switch to
convenience center. If wiring is
good, LOCATE and REPAIR open
in PNK/WHT (350) wire from
convenience center to fuse block.
4. Connect a test lamp from WHT (156) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
wire at front axle solenoid switch WHT (156) wire from front axle
connector C173 to ground. solenoid switch to 4WD indicator
lamp.
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE front axle solenoid
switch.
 yvw w W W )
S HOT IN RUN £

7 w w w w \A

50-2.0 BRN

1296-2.0 LT BLU

TRANSFER
CASE
SWITCH
50-2.0 BRN

420-.8 PPL

156-.8 WHT

156 ) C173
FRONT 12010503
AXLE
SOLENOID
SWITCH

1296-2.0 LT BLU

150-.8 BLK

FRONT
AXLE
ACTUATOR

150-.8 BLK

1296-2.0 LT BLU

156-.8 WHT

TRANSFER
CASE
RELAY

TRANSFER 12065172
CASE 12015791 l/P GROUND
SYNCHRONIZER G202

FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE 89
CIRCUIT OPERATION The Brake Pressure Switch closes to light the Brake DIAGNOSIS — BRAKE SYSTEMS
Indicator when there is low brake fluid pressure in one of
the two hydraulic brake systems. This could be caused by
Battery voltage is applied to the Brake Indicator when BRAKE INDICATOR REMAINS ON WITH IGNITION SWITCH IN RUN AND PARK BRAKE OFF
a leak in one of the brake lines. Refer to Section 5 in the
the Ignition Switch is in RUN or START Two Switches are
C/K Service Manual for Switch reset procedure. This can
connected to the Brake Indicator. When either one of TEST RESULT ACTION
only be accomplished after the faulty system has been
these Switches closes, ground is provided and the Indica­
repaired. 1. Disconnect park brake switch Brake indicator lamp does not go GO to step 2.
tor lights. The Brake Indicator is also connected to the connector C226. out.
Electronic Rear Wheel Brake Control Module. The Electronic Rear Wheel Brake Control Module
grounds the Brake Indicator when the Module senses a Brake indicator lamp goes out. CHECK adjustment of park brake
The Park Brake Switch provides a ground when the switch. If adjustment cannot be
fault in the Antilock Brake System. For Rear Wheel Anti­
Park Brake is applied. The Park Brake Indicator lights to corrected, REPLACE brake switch.
lock Brake Diagnosis refer to Section 5A in the C/K Serv­
alert the driver.
ice Manual. 2. Disconnect brake pressure warning Brake indicator lamp does not go GO to step 3.
switch connector C164. out.
Brake indicator lamp goes out. CHECK for a possible leak or loss
of fluid in the brake system.
3. Disconnect electronic rear wheel Brake indicator lamp does not go CHECK wiring between instrument
brake control module connector out. cluster and each switch and
C159. module for a short to ground. If
wiring is good, the problem is in
the instrument cluster.
Brake indicator lamp goes out. CHECK for an inoperative antilock
brake system. Refer to Section 5A
in C/K Service Manual for a
diagnostic circuit check.

BRAKE INDICATOR DOES NOT LIGHT DURING A WARNING CONDITION

OR DURING THE ANTILOCK SYSTEM CHECK
TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect park brake switch Brake indicator lamp does not GO to step 2.
connector C226. Connect a fused come on.
jumper from park brake switch
Brake indicator lamp does come CHECK adjustment of park brake
connector C226 to ground.
on. switch. If adjustment cannot be
corrected, REPLACE brake switch.
2. Disconnect brake pressure warning Brake indicator lamp does not GO to step 3.
switch connector C164. Connect a come on.
fused jumper from TAN/WHT (33)
Brake indicator lamp does come REPLACE brake pressure warning
wire at park brake switch connector
on. switch.
C226 to ground.
3. Disconnect electronic rear wheel Brake indicator lamp does not CHECK wiring and in-line diode (if
brake control module connector come on. equipped) between instrument
C159. Connect a fused jumper from cluster and each switch and
TAN/WHT (33) wire at anti lock module for an open. If wiring is
module connector C159 to ground. good, the problem is in the
instrument cluster.
Brake indicator lamp does come CHECK for an inoperative antilock
on. brake system. Refer to Section 5A
in the C/K Service Manual for a
diagnostic circuit check.

90 BRAKE SYSTEMS
 39-.8 PNK/BLK

□ SQ O
n f» r c W » « iD
l |i2 1 | g | 2 3 7 1□
l/P CLUSTER n fa ° i* n « iD
CONNECTOR n r s ie n n a
(SEE PAGES 98, 99)
S213 (SEE PAGE 33) r l ^ ID
□G EM iiin
□ o c z in
y___ i
□ □ • S O

ni i-PsiD
□ □ “H O
□ o a o
RWAL
MODULE &
CONNECTOR □ C E H 3 &
a n fiV W D -------------------------------------------- 1

33-.8 TAN/WHT ’ IN-LINE

DIODE

iJr 629/W/DRL (T61)

C159
12059196

C201
12065803
33-. 5 TAN/WHT r

133-.8 TAN/WHT I • S133

BRAKE
PRESSURE
WARNING
SWITCH
(CLOSED WITH
UNEQUAL BRAKE
PRESSURE)

PARK
BRAKE
SWITCH
CLOSED C226
WITH PARK 12004267
BRAKE ON

C100
12020183
 RPO CODE
nA M /V W W W W V I
C5B — 15,000 GUM
\ HOT IN START OR RUN <
Zw \ aaa/*w w w ^

GAGES
20 AMP
S213
(SEE PAGE 33)
39-.8 PNK/BLK W 39-.8 PNK/BLK I

“I
□ G E W IIin
r-||822ls[6wjf~1
l/P CLUSTER *
nlkH37im CONNECTOR |
□ [H Ii D D D (SEE PAGES 98, 99) I

RWAL
MODULE
I

□0QI
II SSS tsg|~ s g 7 lI I
I
CONNECTOR
39-.8 pnk/b l k h J |

□ □ - S O
□ □ - r a n
nl
□ O S D
n r ^ l- R T lD
C201
12065803 n n ^ i-r ^ ip j
33-.8 TAN/WHT ■ • S133
■ ^

BRAKE
PRESSURE
WARNING ENGINE
SWITCH
(CLOSED WITH ito M V sm m mmm 33-.5 t a n / w h t r
UNEQUAL BRAKE
PRESSURE)
II| 98
31 490 | 33 |

92 | 25 | LI 33-.5 TAN/WHTI

I3 93 ]
111
I2 140 |

L | 250 35 | u u ,

| 2 696 |
m
tlL‘ L
| 400 401 | 3 9 1

I.I
. = L= .. J
C100
12020183

DRL PARK
MODULE BRAKE
SWITCH
CLOSED C226
WITH PARK 12004267
BRAKE ON
 f> A A W V W V W W V I * A / W v A A /W W W ^ /v w w v W
MT1 — AUTO TRANS, HD, 4-SPD W/OVERDRIVE
S HOT IN START OR RUN < < HOT AT ALL TIMES £ > HOT IN RUN C B4U — SPORTS PERFORMANCE PACKAGE
^vW w vvw w w i l^ V W W V W V ^ Kwww^
ECM/IGN l/P
CLUSTER
10 AMP CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGE 98, 99)

'629/W /DRL (T61)

BRAKE
PRESSURE
WARNING
SWITCH

GROUND
fO) G106 (DIESEL)
= * G109 (GASOLINE)

REAR WHEEL ANTILOCK BRAKING 93

 The Temperature Indicator goes on to warn of overheat­ The following list of symptoms are not covered in this
FUEL GAGE ing when the Temperature Switch is closed. The Tempera­ section. The symptoms will be referenced to the appropri­
ture Switch is closed when the temperature rises above ate subject located within this manual or will show what
The pointer of the Fuel Gage is moved by the magnetic manual to use.
fields of two coils. The coils are at right angles to each 123° C (260° F) . When the Ignition Switch is in START
other. Battery voltage is applied to the E coil and the cir­ the Temperature Indicator is grounded through the Ignition
cuit divides at the opposite end of the coil. One path con­ Switch and the Indicator lights.
tinues to ground through the F coil. Another goes to SYMPTOM FOR DIAGNOSIS
ground through the variable resistor of the Fuel Gage
LOW COOLANT INDICATOR
High beam indicator does not operate properly .................................................. .. See Headlamps
Sender. The Low Coolant Indicator comes on to warn the driver
FASTEN BELTS indicator and alarm do not operate properly ........................... .. See Safety Belt Warning Buzzer
when a low level of coolant exists in the radiator. Battery
When the tank is low, the resistance of the Sender is Brake indicator is always l i t .................................................................................... .. See Brake Warning System
voltage is applied to the Low Coolant Module. When a low
low. A large flow of current passes through the E coil and Brake indicator does not light when park brake is a p p lie d ................................. .. See Brake Warning System
coolant condition exists, a signal is sent to the Low Cool­
the Fuel Gage Sender resistor. This moves the pointer SERVICE ENGINE SOON indicator is always lit ................................................ .. See Fuel Emissions Manual
ant Module from the Low Coolant Sensor. The Low Cool­
toward E on the scale. When the tank is full, the Sender SERVICE ENGINE SOON indicator does not light with the ignition
ant Module will provide a ground to the Low Coolant
resistance is high. More current now flows through the F switch in RUN and engine not running ............................................................... .. See Fuel Emissions Manual
Indicator.
coil, moving the pointer toward F on the scale. Turn indicator does not operate pro pe rly............................................................... .. See Front Exterior Lights
The Low Coolant Sensor is not a switch that opens and
WAIT indicator does not operate p ro p e rly................... ............................. .. See Fuel Emissions Manual
With two coils operating the pointer, the Gage is not closes. It has a very high resistance to ground, more than
SERVICE FUEL FILTER indicator does not operate properly............................. .. See Diesel Engine Fuel Controls
affected by changes in the system’s battery voltage. 50,000 ohms, when the engine coolant level is low. This
causes the Low Coolant Module to light the Low Coolant
OIL PRESSURE GAGE Indicator. With more of the Sensor covered by coolant, its
resistance decreases. When the fluid level is good, the
The engine oil pressure is displayed by the Oil Pres­ resistance will be less than 10,000 ohms. With the Sensor
sure Gage. The pointer of the Gage is moved by two coils, resistance between 10,000 and 50,000 ohms, the Sensor
and its operation is similar to that of the Fuel Gage. is partly covered and the fluid is not low enough to cause DIAGNOSIS — INSTRUMENT PANEL: GAGES AND INDICATORS
The Oil Pressure Sender is connected to the junction of the warning to be displayed.
the two coils. It has low resistance when the oil pressure FUEL GAGE INDICATES FULL OR BEYOND AT ALL TIMES
is low, and 90 ohms resistance when the oil pressure is OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR
high. This changing resistance changes the current flow TEST RESULT ACTION
The Oil Pressure Indicator comes on to warn the driver
through the coils. The magnetic fields of the coils move when the engine oil pressure is low. Battery voltage is 1. Disconnect fuel tank sender Fuel gage indicates full. LOCATE and REPAIR a short in
the pointer from low to high. applied to one side of the bulb. A ground path is provided connector C407 and place ignition PNK (30) wire. If no short is found,
by the Oil Pressure Switch. It is closed when the oil pres­ switch to RUN. Connect a fused REPLACE fuel gage.
TEMPERATURE GAGE sure is below 27 kPa (4psi). This tests the bulb when the jumper from PNK (30) wire at fuel Fuel gage indicates empty. GO to step 2.
tank sender connector C407 to
The Temperature Gage is also operated by two coils. Ignition Switch is turned on to start the engine. After the
ground.
Battery voltage is applied to both coils. One is grounded engine starts and normal oil pressure builds up, the Oil
directly and the other is grounded through the Tempera­ Pressure Switch opens. The Oil Pressure Indicator goes 2. Connect a fused jumper from PNK Fuel gage indicates full. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
out. (30) wire to BLK/WHT (450) wire at BLK/WHT (450) wire.
ture Sender. This has 55 ohms resistance at 123° C (260°
fuel tank sender connector C407. REPAIR/REPLACE fuel gage
F) (hot coolant) and its resistance becomes greater at low Fuel gage indicates empty.
temperatures. It is approximately 1400 ohms at 47° C SHIFT INDICATOR sender.
(100° F) This causes the current through the Sender and With Manual Transmission, the SHIFT Indicator lights
one coil to increase as the coolant temperature increases. when the vehicle should be shifted to the next higher gear
This moves the pointer. for better fuel economy. Battery voltage is applied to one
side of the bulb. The other side of the bulb is switched to
VOLTMETER ground by the ECM which uses engine data such as rpm,
vehicle speed and intake manifold vacuum to compute an
The Voltmeter measures the electrical system’s voltage efficient shift point.
with the Ignition Switch in RUN or START With the engine
stopped, the Voltmeter indicates Battery condition. With
the engine running, the Voltmeter indicates Charging Sys­
tem operation.
 TEST RESULT ACTION
Disconnect fuel tank sender Fuel gage indicates full. REPAIR/REPLACE fuel gage
connector C407 and place ignition sender.
switch to RUN. Fuel gage indicates empty. LOCATE and REPAIR a short in
PNK (30) wire. If no short is found,
REPLACE fuel gage.

FUEL GAGE IS INACCURATE

TEST RESULT ACTION
Disconnect fuel tank sender Gage responds correctly. CHECK BLK/WHT (450) wire for
connector C407. Connect one red high resistance. If wire is good,
lead of tester J33431-B to PNK (30) REPAIR/REPLACE fuel gage
wire and other to ground. Set sender.
resistance dials to 0 ohms and then Gage does not respond correctly. CHECK for high resistance in PNK
to 90 ohms. Fuel gage should (30) wire. If wire is good,
indicate empty and then slowly move REPLACE fuel gage.
to full.

TEMPERATURE GAGE INDICATES HOT WITH ENGINE COOLANT

BELOW OPERATING TEMPERATURE AND IGNITION SWITCH IN RUN
TEST RESULT ACTION
Disconnect temperature sender Temperature gage indicates cold. REPLACE temperature sender.
connector C169 and place ignition LOCATE and REPAIR a short in
Temperature gage does not
switch to RUN. DK GRN (35) wire. If no short is
indicate cold.
found, PERFORM diagnostic
procedures under symptom
“ Temperature Gage Is Not
Accurate.”

TEMPERATURE GAGE INDICATES COLD ALL THE TIME

TEST RESULT ACTION
Disconnect temperature sender Temperature gage indicates hot. REPAIR/REPLACE temperature
connector C169. Ground the DK sender.
GRN (35) wire at temperature sender Temperature gage does not LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
connector C169 GRN (35) wire. If wire is good,
indicate hot.
REPLACE temperature gage.

TEMPERATURE INDICATOR STAYS ON AT ALL TIMES WITH IGNITION SWITCH IN RUN

TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect temperature sender Indicator stays on. GO to step 2.
connector C169 and place ignition Indicator goes out. REPLACE temperature sender.
switch to RUN. Observe temperature
indicator.
2. Disconnect DK GRN (35) wire at Indicator stays on. LOCATE and REPAIR short in DK
ignition switch connector C256. GRN (35) wire. If wire is good,
Observe temperature indicator. REPLACE instrument cluster.
Indicator goes out. REPLACE ignition switch.
 TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION
Disconnect temperature sender Gage indicates correctly. REPLACE temperature sender. Disconnect oil pressure sender Oil pressure gage indicates low REPLACE oil pressure sender.
connector C169. Connect red lead connector C167 (Gasoline) or C168 pressure or indicator lights.
Gage is not correct. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
from J 33431-B tester to DK GRN (Diesel) and place ignition switch to
GRN (35) wire. If wire is good, Oil pressure gage indicates high LOCATE and REPAIR open in TAN
(35) wire and other lead to ground. REPLACE temperature gage. RUN. Connect a fused jumper from
TAN (31) wire at oil pressure sender pressure or indicator does not (31) wire and bulb. If wire and bulb
Adjust resistance dials to 1400 ohms light.
connector C167 (Gasoline) or C168 are good, REPLACE oil pressure
and then to 55 ohms. Temperature
(Diesel) to ground. gage or instrument cluster if
gage should indicate cold then hot.
equipped with indicator light.

TEMPERATURE INDICATOR DOES NOT LIGHT WITH THE ENGINE COOLANT OVERHEATED
OIL PRESSURE GAGE IS NOT ACCURATE
TEST RESULT ACTION
TEST RESULT ACTION
Disconnect temperature sender Indicator lights. REPLACE temperature sender.
Disconnect oil pressure sender Oil pressure gage indicates REPLACE oil pressure sender.
connector C169 and place ignition Indicator does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in bulb connector C167 (Gasoline) or C168 correctly.
switch to RUN. Connect a fused and DK GRN (35) wire. If wire and (Diesel). Connect one red lead of
jumper from DK GRN (35) wire at bulb are good, REPLACE J33431-B tester to TAN (31) wire at Oil pressure gage does not LOCATE and REPAIR open in TAN
temperature sending connector C169 instrument cluster. oil pressure sender connector C167 indicate correctly. (31) wire. If wire is good,
to ground. Observe temperature (Gasoline) or C168 (Diesel) and other REPLACE oil pressure gage.
indicator. lead to ground. Set resistance dials
to 0 ohms and then to 90 ohms. The
oil pressure gage should indicate low
CHECK GAGES OR TEMPERATURE INDICATOR DOES NOT LIGHT pressure and then high pressure.
WITH IGNITION SWITCH IN BULB TEST OR START

TEST RESULT ACTION

VOLTMETER IS NOT ACCURATE
Disconnect ignition switch connector Temperature or check gages REPLACE ignition switch.
C256. Connect a fused jumper from indicator lights. TEST RESULT ACTION
DK GRN (35) wire at ignition switch Temperature or check gages does LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK Place ignition switch to RUN Voltage reading is same as Voltmeter is good.
connector C256 to ground. Place not light. GRN (35) wire from ignition switch position. Connect a voltmeter vehicle’s voltmeter.
ignition switch to RUN. to instrument cluster. between positive and negative
terminals of the battery. Voltage reading is different from LOCATE and REPAIR open in
vehicle’s voltmeter. PNK/BLK (39) wire and BLK (150)
wire at instrument cluster. If wires
OIL PRESSURE GAGE INDICATES LOW PRESSURE WHEN OIL PRESSURE IS GOOD are good, REPLACE voltmeter.
(GAGE EQUIPPED) OR OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR IS ALWAYS LIT
TEST RESULT ACTION
SPEEDOMETER IS INOPERATIVE OR INACCURATE
Disconnect oil pressure sender Oil pressure gage indicates high REPLACE oil pressure sender.
connector C167 (Gasoline) or C168 pressure or indicator light goes TEST RESULT ACTION
(Diesel) and place ignition switch to out. 1. Disconnect instrument cluster Battery voltage. GO to step 2.
RUN. Oil pressure gage indicates no or LOCATE and REPAIR short in TAN connector C201 and place ignition
switch to RUN. Connect a voltmeter No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse
low pressure or indicator light (31) wire. If wire is good,
REPLACE oil pressure gage or from BRN/WHT (250) wire at (BRAKE). If fuse is good, LOCATE
stays on.
instrument cluster if equipped with instrument cluster connector C201 to and REPAIR open in BRN/WHT
indicator light. ground. (250) wire.

2. Connect a voltmeter from BRN/WHT Battery voltage. Refer to speed sensor in

(250) wire to BLK/WHT (450) wire at Emissions Manual (gas engines) or
instrument cluster connector C201. Service Manual (diesel engines) for
further diagnosing.
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
BLK/WHT (450) wire from
instrument cluster to ground.
 TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect low coolant probe Low coolant indicator lights. REPLACE low coolant probe.
connector C165 and place ignition Low coolant indicator does not GO to step 2.
switch to RUN. Observe low coolant
light.
indicator light.
2. Disconnect low coolant module Battery voltage. GO to step 3.
connector C170. Connect a voltmeter LOCATE and REPAIR open in
No voltage.
from PNK/BLK (39) wire at low PNK/BLK (39) wire.
coolant module connector C170 to
ground.
3. Connect a voltmeter from PNK/BLK Battery voltage. GO to step 4.
(39) wire to BLK (150) wire at low No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
coolant module connector C170. (150) wire.
4. Connect a voltmeter from GRA (69) Battery voltage. GO to step 5.
wire at low coolant module connector LOCATE and REPAIR open or
No voltage.
C170 to ground. short to ground in GRA (69) wire
going from low coolant module to
instrument cluster.
5. Connect a voltmeter from PNK/BLK Battery voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR short to
(39) wire to YEL/BLK (68) at low ground in YEL/BLK (68) wire from
coolant module connector C170. low coolant module to low coolant
probe.
No voltage. REPLACE low coolant module.

LOW COOLANT INDICATOR IS LIT WHEN COOLANT LEVEL IS GOOD

TEST RESULT ACTION
Connect a fused jumper from low Low coolant indicator goes out. REPLACE low coolant probe.
coolant probe connector C165 to Low coolant indicator stays lit. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
ground. Place ignition switch to RUN YEL/BLK (68) wire. If wire is good,
and observe low coolant indicator
follow diagnostic procedures listed
light. under symptom “ Low Coolant
Indicator Does Not Light With
Coolant Level Low.”
 SERVICE DAYTIME SAFETY
ENGINE RUNNING BELT
ILLUM ILLUM ILLUM ILLUM ILLUM ILLUM SOON LAMPS LAMP

DIGITAL
RATIO
ADAPTER
CONTROLLER
 WAIT SERVICE LOW WATER DAYTIME SAFETY
TO ENGINE COOLANT IN RUNNING BELT
ILLUM ILLUM ILLUM ILLUM ILLUM ILLUM START SOON FUEL LAMPS LAMP

<0) fj) (0) 0 (0) fi) (0 ) £D (S) <Q) © (0 )

 39-.8 PNK/BLK

2-3.0 RED H i

2-3.0 RED

39-.8 PNK/BLK ________________________________ 1

r 6/5 1sp| 1 | 300 | IGN 3
2-5.0 r e d mm ■• —— . BAT 1 I
S202 f' 2 | GRD 1 j 35 j1
(SEE PAGES 13, 14)
□ dD
450-1.0 BLK/WHT IGN 1 ACC L _

S206
CDII— |Lm l
z±±r
GRD 2 | 33 |

(SEE PAGE 13)

C255 C256
12010966 6294641
S239

DQi m
W/O MTI ( 450 )
12015452 12015792 Q3-H
C406
Cl

START
RUN
O OFF
’ 450-.8 BLK/WHT 450-.8 BLK/WHT
°Z72 iz° ° T J?7. T ° LOCK
1 o ACC

IGNITION SWITCH
35-.8 DK GRN

l/P CLUSTER
CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGES 98, 99)

□ G iD - t Z in
822-.8 LT GRN/BLK l^s| 818 11 I

121-.8 WHT H IB
ll^
31-.8 TAN
35-.8 DK GRN
I

3-3.0 PNK

35-.8 DK GRN I
n •
*
m,
S214
821-.8 PPL/WHT r

450-.8 BLK/WHT
□ S O
3 S Q
□O D E P
D
D

39-.8 PNK/BLK
35-.8 DK GRN I □ Q Q D S

821-.8 PPL/WHT

822-.8 LT GRN/BLK-

30-.8 PPL
- - - - z z x B . — * *! □ □ -H O
□ □ “H D
S207
(SEE PAGE 24)

FUEL
SENDER
AND PUMP W £ j- CONVENIENCE ALDL
CENTER CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGE 119) (SEE PAGE 54)
o o C407
eo CM
-- 12010717
C

35-.8 DK GRN

130-.3 PPL ■ ■
( A l/P GROUND
31-.8 TAN ■ ■ =■ G202
 BATTERY r s /V V W v A A A A A V V S A /V W
JUNCTION ^ HOT IN START OR RUN ?
BLOCK
W\AVVW W W W VW ^

ENGINE
TEMP
SENSOR

24 30 19
9

■..........
(\ C101
12020099

C150
12020600
o
(/>
s H
m
(/) 1 3
C
g 2
m m
(/> z
m H

5 ^
| z
mm
co r -

o
CO
 GAGES /
20 AMP <»

SAFETY BELT
237-.8 YEL a l a r m m o dule
S213 (SEE PAGE 33) (SEE PAGE 127)
39-.8 PNK/BLK mmr • w 39-.B PNK/BLK

14-.8 LT BLU I TURN SIGNALS

l/P CLUSTER nl*37 N id (SEE PAGE 122)

CONNECTOR n | 8 2 2 | g | 818 I D
HAZARD FLASHER
(SEE PAGES 98, 99) | l | 121 | g | 237 15-.8 DK BLU«
(SEE PAGE 122)
n r^ n *r*n o
nB ^C H 3D
d b c z z id
n r^ H ID |J
DRL MODULE DRL MODULE
629-.5 WHT 592-.8 LT ORN BLK I
(SEE PAGE 92) (SEE PAGE 92)

p | Ir-fiiil
I □ O S D
ECM (SEE PAGES 69, 70)
□ □ " S i 419-.8 BRN/WHT
PCM (SEE PAGE 64)
HEADLAMP x n o c iig i
DIMMER ^ ^ ^ J l1/629 w | 25 !■ ■ ■ ■»
SWITCH 11-.8 LT GRN I
(SEE PAGE 31) Id C D ~ B “
— 150 IH
■**150 30 I D

GENERATOR
25-.8 BRN I
b - (SEE PAGE 46)

PARK BRAKE SWITCH

(SEE PAGES 91, 92)

C201 BRAKE PRESSURE

33-.8 TAN/WHT WARNING SWITCH
i S207 12065803
(SEE PAGE 24) (SEE PAGES 91, 92)
RWAL MODULE
(SEE PAGES 91, 92, 93)

l/P GROUND
G202
fA AA /W W W ^W vV M LH6 — ENGINE 6.2L (378 CID) V8 DIESEL ENGINE, VIN C

<, HOT IN START OR RUN <

Vvv/WVAAAVWWWV^
ECM/IGN
GAGES
10 AMP

SAFETY BELT
ALARM MODULE
(SEE PAGE 127)

TURN SIGNALS
(SEE PAGE 36)

HAZARD FLASHER
(SEE PAGE 38)

GENERATOR
(SEE PAGE 46)

PARK BRAKE SWITCH

(SEE PAGE 91, 92)
BRAKE PRESSURE
SWITCH
(SEE PAGE 91, 92)
RWAL MODULE
(SEE PAGE 91, 92, 93)

l/P
GROUND
ECM G202
CONNECTOR
(LH6)
INSTRUMENT PANEL 105
INDICATOR LAMPS — DIESEL ENGINES
 C60 — AIR CONDITIONING

106 INSTRUMENT PANEL

ILLUMINATION LAMPS
 Whenever the clutch is de-energized, the magnetic field
around it collapses, generating an induced voltage in the
clutch coil. The Diode provides a path for the current A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH DOES NOT ENGAGE
BLOWER CONTROLS resulting from the induced voltage so that other circuit
Battery voltage is applied at all times to Terminal 1 of components are not damaged by it. TEST RESULT ACTION
the Low Blower Relay through RED (2) wire. When the NOTE: Outside temperature must be
Heater and A/C Controller is OFF; both the Low Blower AIR DELIVERY above 16°C (60°F) in order to properly
and High Blower Relays are de-energized. In this state diagnose system.
there is no voltage path through the relay contacts to the The Valves which control the flow of air through the
Heater and A/C Module are positioned by electric Motors. 1. Disconnect A/C clutch relay Battery voltage. GO step 2.
Blower Motor so the Blower Motor does not run. connector C221. Place ignition
There is one Motor and one Position Potentiometer for No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
With the Blower Mode in Low, terminals 951 and 963 of each Valve. The Position Potentiometer indicates the posi­ switch in RUN position and A/C BRN (50) wire that did not have
the Heater and A/C Controller are grounded, energizing tion of the Valve at any time to the Heater and A/C Con­ switch ON. Connect a voltmeter from battery voltage.
the Low Blower and High Blower Relay. Voltage is applied each of the BRN (50) wires at A/C
troller by means of a voltage level.
through the closed contacts of the Low Blower Relay, the clutch relay connector C221 to
YEL wire and the two Blower Resistors to the Blower There are two drive circuits for each Motor in the Con­ ground.
Motor. The Blower Motor is a variable speed motor which troller which can operate the Motors in either direction. 2. Connect a voltmeter from BRN (50) Battery voltage. GO to step 5.
runs at a speed proportional to the voltage applied to the When the Motors are not running, both outputs are held at wire (winding side of A/C clutch
ground by the two drivers. When any Motor is to operate, No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
Motor. With both Blower Resistors in the circuit, the relay) to BLU/WHT (966) wire at BLU/WHT (966) wire. If wire is
applied voltage is low and the Blower runs slowly. one of the drivers supplies approximately 75 volts to one clutch relay connector C221.
good, GO to step 3.
side of the Motor depending on the direction it is to run.
In the Medium speed position, Terminal 963 of the 3. Turn A/C switch OFF Connect a Battery voltage. GO to step 4.
Heater and A/C Controller is not grounded which de-ener- The Air Inlet Valve is normally in the position which voltmeter from DK BLU/WHT (966) at
allows outside air to enter the system. In this position, the No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
gizes the High Blower Relay. In the de-energized state, the A/C controller connector C222 to
Air Inlet Valve Potentiometer returns about 4.9 volts to the BLU/WHT (966) wire from A/C
contacts of the Relay shunt of one of the Blower Resistors ground.
Heater and A/C Controller. When the A/C Button is controller to A/C clutch relay.
allowing the Blower Motor to operate at increased speed.
depressed, and if the temperature setting is at full Cold 4. Turn A/C switch ON. Connect a A reading of less than 0.5 volt. A/C controller is operating properly.
With the Blower Mode in High, the Low Blower Relay is and the blower is set to MED or HI, the Air Inlet Valve voltmeter from DK BLU/WHT (966) GO to step 5.
de-energized and the High Blower Relay is energized. Motor will move the valve to the recirculating position 30 wire at A/C controller connector
The voltage path is then through the normally closed con­ A reading greater than 0.5 volt. REPLACE A/C controller.
seconds after the Air Inlet Pressure Switch closes. C222 to ground.
tacts of the Low Blower Relay, the DK GRN/WHT (963)
wire and the closed contacts of the High Blower Relay to The Air Inlet Valve is opened again, 5 minutes after the 5. Disconnect A/C pressure cycling A/C clutch engages. GO to step 6.
the Blower Motor. With battery voltage applied directly to Air Inlet Pressure Switch opens. It opens immediately if switch connector C110 and turn A/C CHECK for open switch. If switch
A/C clutch does not engage.
the temperature setting is raised, the blower speed is switch to ON. Connect a fused is open and refrigerant pressure is
the Motor, it runs at maximum speed.
reduced to Low, or the air flow is directed to the floor out­ jumper between LT GRN (66) wire normal, REPLACE A/C pressure
lets. and DK GRN (59) wire at A/C cycling switch.
COMPRESSOR CONTROLS pressure cycling switch connector
The Temperature Valve Motor positions the tempera­ C110.
The Compressor for the Air Conditioning System is
driven by the engine by means of a belt drive and the A/C ture Valve according to the Temperature setting of the 6. Connect a voltmeter from DK GRN Battery voltage. GO to step 7.
Compressor Clutch. The Clutch allows the Compressor to Heater and A/C Controller. For the full Cold temperature (59) wire at A/C compressor clutch
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
be disengaged when Air Conditioning is not required. setting, the Valve is in the cold position and the Tempera­ connector C162 to ground. GRN (59) wire from A/C
ture Valve Potentiometer returns about 0.5 volts to the compressor clutch to splice S130.
Operation of the Compressor depends on the particu­ Heater and A/C Controller. As the temperature setting is
lar A/C Mode selected at the Heater and A/C Controller. changed to full HOT the Temperature Valve is moved to 7. Connect a voltmeter from DK GRN Battery voltage. REPLACE A/C compressor clutch.
When the Ignition Switch is in RUN, battery voltage is the warm positions, and the potentiometer output rises to (59) wire to BLK (150) wire at A/C LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
No voltage.
applied through the A/C-HTR Fuse to the coil and con­ about 4.9 volts. For a temperature setting in the mid compressor clutch connector C162. (150) wire from A/C compressor
tacts of the A/C Clutch Relay. With A/C ON selected, Ter­ range, the Temperature Valve is positioned to a point clutch to ground terminal G106
minal 966 of the Heater and A/C Controller is grounded where the potentiometer output is the same as the prepro­ (Diesel) or G109 (Gasoline).
which energizes the A/C Clutch Relay. The contacts of the grammed value for the selected setting.
Relay close and battery voltage is applied through the
closed contacts and the normally closed A/C Accumulator The Mode Valve Motor operates in a manner similar to
Switch to the coil of the A/C Compressor Clutch. The coil that for the Air Inlet Valve and Temperature Valve and is
is energized and the A/C Compressor Clutch engages. positioned according to the Mode selected. For full A/C,
the potentiometer output is about 0.2 volts and for full
If the refrigerant pressure drops to a point which may DEFROST, the output is about 4.8 volts. In the Heat
cause icing of the evaporator, the A/C Accumulator Switch Mode, the potentiometer output is about 2.5 volts.
opens, de-energizing the A/C Compressor Clutch.
Should any of the Motors stall when changing a Valve
When the refrigerant pressure rises to a point where location, voltage is removed by the Heater and A/C Con­
cooling is required again, the A/C Accumulator Switch troller, after 45 seconds, to protect the Motor. This
closes to re-energize the A/C Compressor Clutch. sequence will be repeated each time there is a change in
the Mode setting.
The A/C Compressor Clutch Diode is connected
across the terminals of the A/C Compressor Clutch.
 TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect negative battery terminal A resistance reading of 35 to 45 GO to step 2. 1. Place ignition switch in RUN, blower Battery voltage. GO to step 2.
and A/C controller connector C222. ohms. switch to MED, heater and A/C
Place ignition switch to OFF Connect No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (A/C
A resistance reading less or controller to VENT-Upper, HTR). If fuse is good, LOCATE
ohmmeter between PNK/WHT (906) LOCATE and REPAIR open in
greater than 35 to 45 ohms. temperature selector to COLD and and REPAIR open in BRN (50)
wire and LT GRN/BLK (905) wire at PNK/WHT (906) wire at LT GRN/
A/C switch to OFF Connect a wire from A/C controller to fuse
A/C controller connector C222. BLK (905) wire. If wires are good,
voltmeter from BRN (50) wire at A/C block.
REPLACE air inlet valve motor.
controller connector C222 to ground.
2. Connect ohmmeter from BLK/WHT A resistance reading less than 20K GO to step 3.
(907) wire to PPL (361) wire at A/C ohms. 2. Connect a voltmeter from BRN (50) Battery voltage. GO to step 3.
controller connector C222. wire to BLK (150) wire at A/C No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
A resistance reading greater than LOCATE and REPAIR open PPL controller connector C222.
20K ohms. (150) wire from A/C controller to
(361) wire. If wire is good,
ground terminal G202.
REPLACE air inlet valve motor.
3. Connect ohmmeter from BLK/WHT 3. Connect a voltmeter from RED (2) Battery voltage. GO to step 4.
A resistance reading less than 20K GO to step 4.
(907) wire to TAN (363) wire at A/C ohms. wire to BLK (150) wire at A/C LOCATE and REPAIR open in
No voltage.
controller connector C222. controller connector C222. RED (2) wire and fusible link from
A resistance reading greater than LOCATE and REPAIR open in TAN A/C controller to junction block.
20K ohms. (363) wire. If wire is good,
REPLACE air inlet valve motor. 4. Connect a voltmeter from TAN (363) A reading of 3.5 to 6 volts. GO to step 5.
4. Connect negative battery terminal A reading less than 0.5 volt. GO to step 5. wire at A/C controller connector A reading less or greater than 3.5 LOCATE and REPAIR open in TAN
and A/C controller connector C222. C222 to ground. to 6 volts. (363) wire. If wire is good,
Place ignition switch to RUN, blower A reading greater than 0.5 volt. If air inlet pressure switch does not REPLACE A/C controller.
to MED, A/C controller to VENT- close and system provides normal
cooling, REPLACE switch. If 5. Connect a voltmeter from TAN (363) A reading of 3.5 to 6 volts. GO to step 6.
Upper, temperature selector to COLD
and A/C to ON. Connect a voltmeter switch closes, LOCATE and wire to PPL (361) wire at A/C A reading less or greater than 3.5 REPLACE A/C controller.
from DK GRN (59) at A/C controller REPAIR open in BLK/WHT (157) controller connector C222. to 6 volts.
connector C222 to ground. wire.
6. Connect a voltmeter from RED (362) A reading of less than 1 volt. GO to step 7.
NOTE: Voltage will not be correct until wire at A/C controller connector
A/C refrigerant pressure closes A/C A reading greater than 1 volt. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
C222 to ground. RED (2) wire from A/C controller to
pressure cycling switch.
mode door motor. If wire is good,
5. Connect a voltmeter from PNK/WHT A reading of 6 to 7.5 volts. GO to step 6. PERFORM diagnostic procedures
(906) wire to LT GRN/BLK (905) wire following sysmptom “ Mode Door
at A/C controller connector C222. A reading less or greater than 6 to REPLACE A/C controller.
7.5 volts. Motor Does Not Operate” tests.
NOTE: Take reading while air inlet valve A reading of 3 to 5.5 volts. GO to step 8.
7. Place A/C controller to VENT-Lower.
motor is running which occurs about 30
Connect a voltmeter from RED (362) A reading less or greater than 3 to LOCATE and REPAIR short in
seconds after voltage at DK GRN (59)
wire is correct. wire at A/C controller connector 5.5 volts. RED (362) wire from A/C controller
C222 to ground. to mode door motor. If wire is
6. Turn A/C switch to OFF Connect a A reading of 6 to 7.5 volts. CHECK that all linkages are not good, PERFORM diagnostic
voltmeter from PNK/WHT (906) wire binding. If they are free, REPLACE procedures following symptom
to LT GRN/BLK (905) wire at A/C air inlet valve motor. “ Mode Door Motor Does Not
controller connector C222. Operate” tests.
A reading less or greater than 6 to REPLACE A/C controller.
7.5 volts. A reading of less than 1 volt. GO to step 9.
8. Connect a voltmeter from DK BLU
(902) wire at A/C controller A reading greater than 1 volt. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
connector C222 to ground. BLU (902) wire. If wire is good,
PERFORM diagnostic procedures
following symptom “ Temperature
Door Motor Does Not Operate”
tests.
9. Place temperature selector to HOT A reading of 3 to 5.5 volts. GO to step 10.
Connect a voltmeter from DK BLU A reading less or greater than 3 to LOCATE and REPAIR short in DK
(902) wire at A/C controller 5.5 volts. BLU (902) wire. If wire is good,
connector C222 to ground. PERFORM diagnostic procedures
following symptom “ Temperature
Door Motor Does Not Operate”
tests.
 TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION
10. Connect a voltmeter from BLK/WHT A reading of 3 to 5.5 volts. GO to step 11. 1. Disconnect negative battery terminal A reading of 50 to 70 ohms. GO to step 2.
(907) wire at A/C controller and A/C controller connector C222.
A reading less or greater than 3 to LOCATE and REPAIR short in A reading less or greater than 50 LOCATE and REPAIR open in
connector C222 to ground. BLK/WHT (907) wire. If wire is Place ignition switch to OFF Connect
5.5 volts. to 70 ohms. WHT (903) and DK GRN (904)
ohmmeter from WHT (903) wire to
good, PERFORM diagnostic wires. If wires are good, REPLACE
procedures following symptom “Air DK GRN (904) wire at A/C controller
mode door motor.
connector C222.
Inlet Valve Motor Does Not
Operate” tests. 2. Connect ohmmeter from RED (362) A reading of less than 20K ohms. GO to step 3.
wire to PPL (361) wire at A/C
11. Place A/C controller to VENT-Upper, A reading of 1 to 2 volts. CHECK linkage between valve and A reading greater than 20K ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in PPL
controller connector C222.
temperature selector to COLD and motor. (361) wire. If wire is good,
A/C to ON. Connect a voltmeter LOCATE and REPAIR open in REPLACE mode door motor.
A reading less or greater than 1 to
from BLK/WHT (907) wire at A/C 2 volts. BLK/WHT (907) wire. If wire is 3. Connect ohmmeter from RED (362) A reading of less than 20K ohms. GO to step 4.
controller connector C222 to good, PERFORM diagnostic wire to TAN (363) wire at A/C
ground. A reading greater than 20K ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in TAN
procedures following symptom “Air controller connector C222.
(363) wire. If wire is good,
Inlet Valve Motor Does Not
REPLACE mode door motor.
Operate” tests.
4. Connect negative battery terminal A reading of 6 to 7.5 volts. GO to step 5.
and A/C controller connector C222. A reading less or greater than 6 to REPLACE A/C controller.
Place ignition switch to RUN, blower 7.5 volts.
TEMPERATURE DOOR MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE switch to MED and A/C controller to
DEFROST Connect a voltmeter from
TEST RESULT ACTION WHT (903) wire to DK GRN (904)
1. Disconnect negative battery terminal A reading of 50 to 70 ohms. GO to step 2. wire at A/C controller connector
and A/C controller connector C222. C222.
A reading less or greater than 50 LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
Place ignition switch to OFF Connect
to 70 ohms. BLU (901) and LT GRN (900) NOTE: Take voltage reading immediately
ohmmeter from LT BLU (901) wire to wires. If wires are good, REPLACE after setting temperature and while
LT GRN (900) wire at A/C controller temperature door motor. temperature door motor is running.
connector C222.
5. Place A/C switch to ON. Connect a A reading of 6 to 7.5 volts. CHECK linkages for binding. If
2. Connect ohmmeter from DK BLU A reading of less than 20K ohms. GO to step 3. voltmeter from WHT (903) wire to DK linkages are free, REPLACE mode
(902) wire to PPL (361) wire at A/C GRN (904) wire at A/C controller door motor.
A reading greater than 20K ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in PPL
controller connector C222. connector C222.
(361) wire. If wire is good, A reading less or greater than 6 to REPLACE A/C controller.
REPLACE temperature door motor. NOTE: Take voltage reading immediately 7.5 volts.
after setting temperature and while
3. Connect ohmmeter from DK BLU A reading of less than 20K ohms. GO to step 4. temperature door motor is running.
(902) wire to TAN (363) wire at A/C A reading greater than 20K ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in TAN
controller connector C222.
(363) wire. If wire is good,
REPLACE temperature door motor.
4. Connect negative battery terminal A reading of 6 to 7.5 volts. GO to step 5.
and A/C controller connector C222.
A reading less or greater than 6 to REPLACE A/C controller.
Place ignition switch to RUN, blower
7.5 volts.
to MED and temperature setting to
FULL HOT Connect a voltmeter from
LT BLU (901) wire to LT GRN (900)
wire at A/C controller connector
C222.
NOTE: Take voltage reading immediately
after setting temperature and while
temperature door motor is running.
5. Move temperature setting to FULL A reading of 6 to 7.5 volts. CHECK for binding linkages. If
COLD. Connect a voltmeter to LT linkages are free, REPLACE
BLU (901) wire to LT GRN (900) wire temperature door motor.
at A/C controller connector C222.
A reading less or greater than 6 to REPLACE A/C controller.
NOTE: Take voltage reading immediately 7.5 volts.
after setting temperature and while
temperature door motor is running.
 TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect blower motor connectors Battery voltage. GO to step 2. 1. Place ignition switch to RUN, A/C Battery voltage. GO to step 2.
C213 and C214. Place ignition switch GO to step 3. controller to VENT-Upper and blower
No voltage. No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (A/C
in RUN position, A/C controller to speed to HI. Connect a voltmeter
VENT-Upper and blower speed to HI. HTR). If fuse is good, LOCATE
from BRN (50) wire at high blower
Connect a voltmeter from PPL (65) and REPAIR open in BRN (50)
relay connector C220 to ground.
wire at blower motor connector C213 wire from high blower relay to fuse
to ground. block.

2. Connect a voltmeter from PPL (65) Battery voltage. REPLACE blower motor. 2. Place blower switch to LO. Connect A reading of less than 0.5 volts. GO to step 3.
wire to BLK (150) wire at blower a voltmeter from DK GRN/WHT (963)
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK No voltage or a reading greater CHECK DK GRN/WHT (963) wire
motor connectors C213 and C214. wire at A/C controller connector
(150) wire from blower motor to than 0.5 volts. for an open. If wire is good,
C222 to ground.
ground terminal G202. REPLACE A/C controller.

3. Place A/C controller to OFF Connect Battery voltage. GO to step 4. 3. Place blower switch to HI. Connect a Battery voltage. REPLACE high blower relay.
a voltmeter from RED (2) wire at A/C voltmeter from DK GRN/WHT (908)
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
controller connector C222 to ground. wire at high blower relay connector
RED (2) wire and fusible link. GRN/WHT (908) wire. If wire is
C220 to ground.
good, REPLACE low blower relay.
4. Connect a voltmeter from RED (2) Battery voltage. GO to step 5.
wire to BLK (150) wire at A/C LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
No voltage.
controller connector C222. BLOWER MOTOR DOES NOT RUN IN MED
(150) wire from A/C controller to
ground terminal G202.
TEST RESULT ACTION
5. Connect a voltmeter from BRN (50) Battery voltage. GO to step 6.
wire to BLK (150) wire at A/C 1. Disconnect low blower relay Battery voltage. GO to step 2.
No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (A/C connector C219. Place ignition switch
controller connector C222. No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
HTR). If fuse is good, LOCATE to RUN, A/C controller to VENT-
and REPAIR open in BRN (50) BRN (50) wire.
Upper and blower speed to LO.
wire. Connect a voltmeter from BRN (50)
6. Connect a voltmeter from DK GRN/ Battery voltage. GO to step 7. wire at low blower relay connector
WHT (963) wire at A/C controller C219 to ground.
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
connector C222 to ground. GRN/WHT (963) wire. If wire is 2. Connect a voltmeter from BRN (50) Battery voltage. GO to step 3.
good, REPLACE high blower relay. wire to LT BLU (951) wire at low
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
blower relay connector C219.
7. Connect a voltmeter from LT BLU Battery voltage. GO to step 8. BLU (951) wire. If wire is good,
(951) wire at A/C controller connector CHECK A/C controller. Refer to
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT symptom “ Blower Motor Does Not
C222 to ground. BLU (951) wire. If wire is good, Operate In Any Mode.”
REPLACE low blower relay.
3. Connect a voltmeter from RED (2) Battery voltage. GO to step 4.
8. Place A/C controller to VENT-Upper A reading of less than 0.5 volts. GO to step 9. wire at low blower relay connecter
and blower speed to LO. Connect a No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
A reading greater than 0.5 volts. REPLACE A/C controller. C219 to ground.
voltmeter from DK GRN/WHT (963) RED (2) wire and fusible link.
wire at A/C controller connector 4. Turn ignition switch to OFF and A reading of 1.5 ± 0.7 ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in TAN
C222 to ground. disconnect blower resistor connector (63) wire. If wire is good,
9. Connect a voltmeter from LT BLU A reading of less than 0.5 volts. A/C controller operating properly. C218. Connect ohmmeter from YEL REPLACE high blower relay.
(951) wire at A/C controller connector (51) terminal to TAN (63) terminal on
A reading greater than 0.5 volts. REPLACE A/C controller. A reading less or greater than 1.5 REPLACE blower resistor.
C222 to ground. blower resistor.
± 0.7 ohms.
 TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect blower resistor connector A reading of 0.7 ± 0.5 ohms. GO to step 2. 1. Place ignition switch to RUN, A/C Battery voltage. GO to step 2.
C218 and place ignition switch to A reading less or greater than 0.7 REPLACE blower resistor. controller to OFF- light switch to
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
OFF Connect an ohmmeter from + 0.5 ohms. PARK and dimming control to full
GRA (8) wire.
YEL (51) terminal to PPL (65) brightness. Connect a voltmeter from
terminal on blower resistor. GRA (8) wire at A/C controller
Battery voltage. GO to step 3. connector C222 to ground.
2. Disconnect low blower relay
connector C219. Place ignition switch No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in 2. Adjust dimming control to minimum Battery voltage. REPLACE dimming control.
to RUN, A/C controller to VENT- BRN (50) wire. brightness position. Connect a
A voltage less than battery voltage GO to step 3.
Upper and blower speed to LO. voltmeter from GRA (8) wire at A/C
but not zero.
Connect a voltmeter from BRN (50) controller connector C222 to ground.
wire at low blower relay connector
3. Connect a voltmeter from BRN (9) Battery voltage. GO to step 4.
C219 to ground.
wire at A/C controller connector
Battery voltage. GO to step 3. No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
3. Connect a voltmeter from BRN (50) C222 to ground.
wire to LT BLU (951) wire at low BRN (9) wire.
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
blower relay connector C219. BLU (951) wire. If wire is good, 4. Turn light switch to OFF position. Any voltage greater than zero. LOCATE and REPAIR a short in
CHECK A/C controller. Refer to Connect a voltmeter from GRA (8) GRA (8) wire.
Symptom “ Blower Motor Does Not wire at A/C controller connector
No voltage. REPLACE A/C controller.
Operate in Any Mode.” C222 to ground.

4. Connect a voltmeter from RED (2) Battery voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in YEL
wire at low blower relay conenctor (51) wire. If wire is good,
C219 to ground. REPLACE low blower relay.
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
RED (2) wire and fusible link.
 LH6 - ENGINE, 6.2L (378 CID) V8 DIESEL ENGINE, VIN C
LL4 — ENGINE, 6.2L (378 CID) V8 DIESEL ENGINE, VIN J

BATTERY
JUNCTION
BLOCK
A/C HTR
25 AMP J
ECM B TCM
o CONNECTOR
(GASOLINE)
I 440 I
□1°]
l 465 I
CONNECTOR
(DIESEL)

o
s
I 453 | I I
I---- 1 I 435 |
r—
o F430n
CZ3
I 419 |

o
50-1.0 BRN i~439l
I 457 I 1422*1
S155 rs n I 461 I
a -
y
-(0 ^ 3 - 2-.8 RST
_____ R sil

V | 4 34 ] TO | 437 |
I
-I
I 11 l~455l
I 12 I 450 |

GT100 W/ACM C224

LH6
12041304 (UPPER) C296 7946 C246
1204 LL4
12041305 (LOWER) 456 W/AUTO TRANS. 12059125

A/C
PRESSURE I 2-2.0 RED
CYCLING
SWITCH 59-.8 DK GRN 59-.8 DK GRN
2-2.0 RED
OPENS BELOW
155 kPa (22 PSI) 66-.8 LT GRN 66-.8 LT GRN | 66-.8 LT GRN
QD
CLOSES ABOVE Ml
59-.8 DK GRN GD 59-.8 LT GRN
317 kPa (46 PSI)

C223

12020398 12020397

150-.8 BLK
A/C
COMPRESSOR 59-.8 DK GRN
S207
CLUTCH S110 (DIESEL)
(SEE PAGE 24)
1150-2.0 BLK
S118 (GASOLINE)
C162
2973407

C209
12034482

SHEET METAL
GROUND
G106 (DIESEL) l/P GROUND
G109 (GASOLINE) G202
 A/C CONTROLLER

MODE
DOOR
MOTOR

TEMP
DOOR
MOTOR

AIR
INLET
VALVE
MOTOR
2-2.0 RED

66-.8 LT GRN

59-.8 DK GRN

BLOWER
RESISTOR

150-2.0 BLK LOW

BLOWER
50-1.0 BRN
RELAY

HIGH
BLOWER
RELAY

BLOWER
MOTOR
 Battery voltage is applied to the Cooling Fan Relay at TEST RESULT ACTION
terminal E at all times and to terminal F when the Ignition 1. Place ignition switch in RUN position Cooling fan runs. GO to step 2.
Switch is in RUN or START. When the Cooling Fan Switch and with engine coolant temperature Cooling fan does not run. REPLACE cooling fan temperature
closes at 107° C (225° F), circuit 935 is grounded and the below 107°C (225°F), disconnect fan switch.
Cooling Fan Relay energizes. Battery voltage is applied temperature switch connector C140.
across the Cooling Fan Motor and the Cooling Fan runs. CHECK for short in LT GRN (37)
2. Disconnect fan relay connector C141. Test lamp lights.
Connect a test lamp from PNK/BLK wire from fan relay to fan
(39) to LT GRN (37) wires at fan relay temperature switch.
connector C141. Test lamp does not light. REPLACE cooling fan relay.
DIAGNOSIS — AUXILIARY COOLING FAN
COOLING FAN DOES NOT RUN
TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect fan temperature switch Cooling fan does not run. GO to step 2.
connector C140. Connect a fused
Cooling fan runs. REPLACE cooling fan temperature
jumper from LT GRN (37) wire at fan
switch.
temperature switch connector C140
to ground.
2. Disconnect fan relay connector C141. Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
Connect a test lamp from PNK/BLK
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (GAGES)
(39) wire at fan relay connector C141
and/or LOCATE and REPAIR open
to ground.
in PNK/BLK (39) wire from fan
relay to fuse block.
3. Connect fused jumper from LT GRN Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
(37) wire at fan temperature switch
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
connector C140 to ground. Connect
GRN (37) wire.
a test lamp from PNK/BLK (39) wire
to LT GRN (37) wire at fan relay
connector C141.
4. Connect a test lamp from RED (2) Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
wire at fan relay connector C141 to
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
ground.
RED (2) wire and fusible link.
5. Connect 30 amp, fused jumper from Cooling fan does not run. GO to step 6.
RED (2) wire to BLK/RED (702) wire
Cooling fan runs. REPLACE cooling fan relay.
at the fan relay connector C141.
6. Leave 30 amp, fused jumper Test lamp lights. GO to step 7.
connected. Disconnect cooling fan
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
connector C139. Connect a test lamp
from BLK/RED (702) at cooling fan BLK/RED (702) wire from cooling
connector C139 to ground. fan to fan relay.

7. Connect a test lamp from BLK/RED Test lamp lights. REPLACE cooling fan.
(702) to BLK (151) wires at cooling
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
fan connector C139.
(151) wire from cooling fan to
ground terminal G105.
 jV W V W W V V V V V V 'I
^ HOT IN START OR RUN <
BATTERY
JUNCTION Z^a A / vvv'/vvvwv ^
BLOCK
GAGES

o
o
20 AMP

i S213
L r mam mmm *m m 39-.8 p n k /b lk r mmm mmm mmm mmm (SEE PAGE 33)
o
o
o- S.113 HOT FUEL
— 10 I2-.5 GRA ■• HANDLING
39*.8 PNK/BLK
(FUSIBLE LINK) MODULE

V (SEE PAGES 51, 61)

S115

39-.8 PNK/BLK

ENGINE

12020183

SHEET METAL
GROUND
M G105

AUXILIARY COOLING FAN 115

 The Blower Motor delivers air to the interior of the TEST RESULT ACTION
vehicle. Its speed is controlled by the Blower Switch and 1. Connect a test lamp from ORN (52) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
the Blower Resistors. When the Ignition Switch is in RUN, wire at blower switch connector C211
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE blower switch.
battery voltage is applied to the Blower Switch. With the to ground.
Blower Switch in LO, voltage is applied across both 2. Connect a test lamp from ORN (52) Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Blower Resistors and the Blower Motor. The Blower Motor wire at resistor connector C212 to ORN (52) wire from resistor to
runs at its slowest speed. With the Blower Switch in MED, ground. blower switch.
one of the Blower Resistors is bypassed and the Blower
Motor runs faster. When the Blower Switch is set to HI,
battery voltage is applied directly to the Blower Motor and BLOWER MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE IN LO AND/OR MED BUT ONLY IN HI
the Blower Motor runs at its fastest speed.
TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Place blower switch in position Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
DIAGNOSIS — HEATER where blower motor does not work.
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE blower switch.
Connect a test lamp from either YEL
BLOWER MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE AT ALL (51) LO wire or LT BLU (72) MED
wire (depending on switch position)
TEST RESULT ACTION at blower motor switch connector
1. Check condition of fuse (A/C HTR). Fuse is not blown. GO to step 2. C211 to ground.
Fuse is blown. LOCATE and REPAIR source of 2. Connect a test lamp from either YEL Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
overload. Then, REPLACE fuse. (51) LO wire or LT BLU (72) MED
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
wire (depending on switch position)
2. Disconnect blower motor connector Test lamp lights. GO to step 3. wire(s) (51 or 72) from resistor to
at resistor connector C212 to ground.
C213. Connect a test lamp from ORN blower switch.
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 4.
(52) wire at blower motor connector 3. Connect a test lamp from ORN (52) Test lamp does not light. REPLACE resistor.
C213 to ground. wire at resistor connector C212 to
3. Connect a test lamp from ORN (52) Test lamp lights. REPLACE blower motor. ground.
wire to BLK (150) wire at blower Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
motor connector C214. ground BLK (150) wire to ground
terminal G202. HEATER PANEL LAMPS DO NOT WORK

4. Connect a test lamp from BRN (50) Test lamp lights. GO to step 5. TEST RESULT ACTION
wire at blower switch connector C211 Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in 1. Check condition of fuse (PANEL Fuse is not blown. GO to step 2.
^o ground. BRN (50) wire. LPS).
Fuse is blown. LOCATE and REPAIR source of
5. Place blower switch in LO, MED, or Test lamp does not light. REPLACE blower switch. overload. Then, REPLACE fuse.
HI. Connect a test lamp from blower Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in 2. Remove a heater lamp. Connect a Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
switch connector C211 at wire that wires to blower motor. test lamp from GRA (8) wire at
applies to position of switch to Test lamp does not light. GO to step 4.
heater lamp connector C210 to
ground. LO is YEL (51) wire, MED is ground.
LT BLU (72) wire, and HI is ORN (52)
wire. 3. Connect a test lamp from GRA (8) Test lamp lights. REPLACE bulb.
wire to BLK (150) wire at heater lamp
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
connector C210.
(150) wire from heater lamp to
ground terminal G202.
4. Turn light switch ON. Connect a test Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
lamp from BRN (9) at panel lamp
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
switch connector C208 to ground.
BRN (9) wire.
5. Connect a test lamp from DK GRN Test lamp lights. GO to step 6.
(44) wire at panel lamp control switch
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE panel lamp switch.
connector C208 to ground.
6. Connect a test lamp from GRA (8) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
wire at connector C209 to ground. GRA (8) wire from connector C209
to heater lamp.
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
GRA (8) wire and DK GRN (44)
wire from connector C209 to panel
lamp switch.
 w vw w w vw
S HOT IN RUN ^
l^AW W W V^

A/C HTR
25 AMP J
BLOWER
SWITCH

S218
(SEE PAGE 106)
— —L g [
RESISTORS
— r r r fiin

C209
12034481 12034482

S207
(SEE PAGE 24)

BLOWER
l/P MOTOR
GROUND
[0) G202

12004267
 received from the Instrument Cluster Speed Sensor
Buffer. The driver gives his input to the Cruise Control
Module through the components listed above. The Cruise TEST RESULT ACTION
The Cruise Control regulates the speed of the vehicle Control Module circuitry receives the driver’s input and
in response to driver commands. generates electrical pulses. These pulses cause the step­ 1. Place ignition switch in RUN and Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
per motor and its output reel to rotate. The throttle is con­ cruise control switch to ON.
The Cruise Control Module contains electronic circuitry Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse
Connect a test lamp from PNK (39)
and a stepper motor. The other system components are: trolled by a cable wound on the output reel. The Cruise (GAGES). If fuse is good, LOCATE
wire at cruise control switch
Control Module also contains a clutch which releases the and REPAIR open in PNK (39) wire
• Cruise Switch connector C267 to ground and then
cable when the Cruise Control System must be shut off. from cruise control switch and
cruise control module connector
• Set Switch This clutch will operate when the Brake Pedal is cruise module to fuse block.
C178 to ground.
• Brake Switch depressed, the Clutch Pedal is depressed, the Cruise
• Clutch Switch Control System is turned off, or the Cruise Control Sys­ 2. Connect a test lamp from GRA Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
• Vehicle Speed Sensor tem detects a failure. (397) wire at cruise control switch
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE cruise control switch.
connector C267 to ground.
The Cruise Control Module receives voltage from the
GAGES Fuse in RUN or START A speed signal is 3. Connect a test lamp from GRA Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
(397) wire at cruise control module
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
connector C178 to ground.
GRA (397) wire from cruise control
module to cruise control switch.
DIAGNOSIS — CRUISE CONTROL 4. Connect a test lamp from GRA Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
(397) wire to BLK/WHT (450) wires
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
CRUISE CONTROL DOES NOT DISENGAGE WHEN CLUTCH OR BRAKE PEDAL(S) IS DEPRESSED at cruise control module connector
BLK/WHT (450) wire from cruise
C178.
TEST RESULT ACTION control module to ground terminals
G107, G108 (Gasoline) or G111
1. Place ignition switch in RUN position Test lamp does not light. REPLACE control module. (Diesel).
and cruise control switch to ON. Test lamp lights. CHECK adjustment of brake
Depress brake pedal. Connect a test 5. Connect a test lamp from GRA Test lamp lights. GO to step 6.
switch. If adjustment cannot be (397) wire at cruise release switch
lamp from BRN (86) wire at brake corrected, REPLACE brake switch. Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
switch connector C269 to ground. connector C268 to ground.
If vehicle is equipped with man. GRA (397) wire from cruise
trans., GO to step 2. release switch to splice S233.
2. Connect a test lamp from BRN (86) Test lamp does not light. REPLACE control module. 6. Connect a test lamp from LT GRN Test lamp lights. GO to step 7.
wire at clutch switch connector C270 (900) wire at cruise release switch
Test lamp lights. CHECK adjustment of clutch Test lamp does not light. CHECK to make sure brake pedal
to ground. Depress clutch. connector C268 to ground.
switch. If adjustment cannot be is not depressed or brake switch is
corrected, REPLACE clutch out of adjustment. If brakes are
switch. correct, REPLACE cruise release
switch.
7. Connect a test lamp from LT GRN Test lamp lights. GO to step 8.
(900) wire at brake switch connector
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
C269 to ground.
GRN (900) wire from brake switch
to cruise release switch.
8. Connect a test lamp from BRN (86) Test lamp lights. GO to step 9 if vehicle is equipped
wire at brake switch connector C269 w/man. trans.
to ground. GO to step 10 if vehicle is
equipped w/auto trans.
Test lamp does not light. CHECK adjustment of brake
switch. If properly adjusted,
REPLACE brake switch.
9. Connect a test lamp from BRN (86) Test lamp lights. GO to step 10.
wire at clutch switch connector
Test lamp does not light. CHECK adjustment of clutch
C270 to ground.
switch. If properly adjusted,
REPLACE clutch switch.
10. Connect a test lamp from BRN (86) Test lamp lights. GO to step 11.
wire at cruise control module
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
connector C178 to ground.
BRN (86) wire from cruise control
module to brake switch.
 ^A/WvWVW^WSAyvW
S HOT IN START OR RUN <
> W A /W W W W W W '/'*

GAGES
10 AMP

GT100
12041304 (UPPER)
12041305 (LOWER)

S131 (DIESEL)
(SEE PAGE 78)

CRUISE CONTROL
MODULE
IGN. SW. — 39
SW. RETARD — 83 CONVENIENCE
SW. ENGAGE — 84 CENTER
SW. RELEASE — 86 (SEE PAGE 17)
SW. ON/OFF — 397
— 437
ECM TO VSS
_450
GROUND

I GROUND C178
A G108 GROUND 12065427
FA (GAS) . . G107
5=J G111 v2) (6AS ONLY) 12065245
“ (DIESEL) —
 Voltage is applied at all times through the CTSY Fuse TEST RESULT ACTION
COURTESY, DOME, AND l/P to the Cargo Lamp Switch. With the Switch in ON, voltage
is applied to the Cargo Lamp. The Lamp comes on when 1. Connect a test lamp from ORN (40) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
COMPARTMENT LAMPS wire at dome lamp connector C334
a ground path is provided through the Panel Dimmer Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Voltage is applied at all times from the CTSY Fuse to to ground.
Switch or either Door Jamb Switch. ORN (40) wire.
the l/P Compartment Box Lamp, Courtesy Lamps, and
2. Open both doors and turn panel Test lamp lights. REPLACE bulb if dome lamp did
Dome Lamp. The Courtesy Lamp and Dome Lamp turn IGNITION KEY WARNING lamp switch to ON. Connect a test not work. If dome lamp stayed ON
on when a ground path is provided by the Panel Dimmer
Whenever the key is in the Ignition Switch, the Ignition lamp from ORN (40) wire to WHT all the time, GO to step 3.
Switch or one of the Door Jamb Switches. The l/P Com­ (156) wire at dome lamp connector
partment Box Lamp has its own switch. The switch turns Switch is in LOCK, OFF; or ACC, and the driver’s door is Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
C334.
the lamp on when the l/P Compartment Box is opened. open, terminal 80 of the Safety Belt Buzzer Module is
grounded. This sounds the alarm. 3. Disconnect jamb switch connectors Correct readings. GO to step 4.
ASHTRAY LAMP C287 and C288. Connect ohmmeter
Incorrect readings. REPLACE jamb switch(es) that
UNDERHOOD LAMP from WHT (156) terminal to BLK
With the Light Switch in HEAD or PARK, voltage is have incorrect reading.
(150) terminal at jamb switch. Take a
applied to the Ashtray Lamp. The Lamp turns on. Voltage is applied at all times to the Underhood Lamp reading with door open and a reading
from the junction block through an in-line fuse. When the with door closed. With door open
switch is closed a ground path is provided. reading must be 0 ohms and door
closed, infinite ohms.
4. Disconnect panel control switch Correct readings. LOCATE and REPAIR open or
connector C208. Connect ohmmeter short in WHT (156) wire and BLK
from WHT (156) terminal to BLK (150) wire.
(150) terminal at panel lamp switch.
Incorrect readings. REPLACE panel lamp switch.
DIAGNOSIS — INTERIOR LAMPS AND KEY-IN Turn panel lamp switch to ON and
then OFF and take a reading in each
WARNING BUZZER position. When ON, reading must be
0 ohms and when OFF; reading must
be infinite ohms.
PRELIMINARY CHECK
Check condition of CTSY fuse. If fuse is good, refer to
appropriate diagnostic procedure. CARGO LAMP DOES NOT WORK
TEST RESULT ACTION
COURTESY LAMPS DO NOT OPERATE
1. Turn cargo switch ON. Connect a Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
TEST RESULT ACTION test lamp from ORN (940) wire at
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
cargo lamp connector C408 to
1. Connect a test lamp from ORN (40) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2. ground.
wire at courtesy lamp connector Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
C235 or C238 to ground. Check at 2. Connect a test lamp from ORN (940) Test lamp lights. REPLACE bulb.
ORN (40) wire. wire to WHT (156) wire at cargo lamp
each courtesy lamp. Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
connector C408.
2. Open right door. Connect a test lamp Test lamp lights. REPLACE bulb. WHT (156) wire from cargo lamp to
from ORN (40) wire to WHT (156) panel lamp switch.
Test lamp does not light. CHECK to make sure jamb switch
wire at courtesy lamp connector is closing. If switch closes, 3. Connect a test lamp from ORN (40) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
C235 or C238. LOCATE and REPAIR open in wire at cargo lamp switch connector
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
WHT (156) wire and BLK (150) C241 to ground.
ORN (40) wire.
wire.
4. Connect a test lamp from ORN/BLK Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
(940) wire at cargo lamp switch ORN/BLK (940) wire from cargo
connector C241 to ground. lamp switch to cargo lamp.
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE cargo lamp switch.
 TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Open l/P Compartment box door. Test lamp lights. GO to step 2. 1. Connect a test lamp from ORN (40) Test lamp lights. REPLACE underhood lamp bulb.
Connect a test lamp from ORN (40) wire to BLK (150) wire at underhood
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in Test lamp does not light. GO to step 2.
wire at l/P Compartment box lamp ORN (40) wire. lamp connector C186.
connector C236 to ground.
2. Connect a test lamp to RED (2) wire Test lamp lights. REPLACE fuse.
2. Connect a test lamp from ORN (40) Test lamp lights. REPLACE l/P Compartment box at in-line fuse to ground.
lamp assembly. Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
wire to BLK (150) wire at l/P
Compartment box lamp connector RED (2) wire.
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
C236. (150) wire from l/P Compartment
box lamp to ground terminal G202.

KEY-IN WARNING BUZZER DOES NOT OPERATE

TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Insert key in ignition switch and open Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
LH door. Connect a test lamp from
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse
PNK/BLK (39) wire at convenience (GAGES). If fuse is good, LOCATE
center to ground.
and REPAIR open in PNK/BLK
(39) wire.
2. Connect a test lamp from LT GRN Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
(80) wire at turn signal switch LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
Test lamp does not light.
connector C206 to ground. GRN (80) wire. If wire is good,
REPLACE safety belt buzzer.
3. Connect a test lamp from TAN (159) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
wire at turn signal switch connector
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE turn signal switch.
C206 to ground.
4. Disconnect LH jamb switch A reading of 0 ohms. Close door. If reading stays at 0
connector C288. Connect ohmmeter ohms, REPLACE jamb switch. If
from TAN (159) terminal to BLK (150) reading is infinite GO to step 5.
terminal on jamb switch.
A reading of infinite ohms. REPLACE LH jamb switch.
5. Connect ohmmeter from BLK (150) A reading of 0 ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in TAN
wire at LH jamb switch connector (159) wire from jamb switch to turn
C288 to ground. signal switch.
A reading of infinite ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
(150) wire from jamb switch to
ground terminal G202.
 2 HOT AT ALL TIMES < 1150-.8 BLK

^VsA/WVWV\/V^

CTSY
20 AMP
CIGAR
40-.8 ORN I
»*■—
r«——I LIGHTER
a e

RADIO I
40-.8 ORN • < D-.8 ORN
(SEE PAGE 130, 131)
I S242
156-.8 WHT RH
JAMB
SWITCH
OPEN WITH
DOOR CLOSED
CONVENIENCE
CENTER
(SEE PAGE 17)
rn PART OF
40-.8 ORN WIRING
e f t — HARNESS
C231
12033700
DOME
LAMP
150-.8 BLK
156-.8 WHT
150-.8 BLK |
150-5 BLK I
159-.8 TAN ■

LH
JAMB
SWITCH
OPEN WITH
DOOR CLOSED

1 L
PANEL AND INTERIOR
LAMPS
IGNITION C 39 28
80-.8 LT GRN
CONTROL SWITCH
80
SAFETY BELT LP 237
D 159-.8 TAN h 159 TV
GROUND E 150

SAFETY BELT F 238

NOT USED C 150-.8 BLK I

C206
KEY WARNING D 80 12004147
■ 156-.8 WHT
C206
BATTERY E 140 1200414
PANEL LPS F 8
TURN
SIGNAL SWITCH Jj
l/P GROUND
G202 C208
12034060
 RPO CODE

TR9 — AUXILARY LIGHTING PACKAGE

RADIO
(SEE PAGES 130, 131)

RH
COURTESY
LAMP

l/P
COMPARTMENT
BOX
LAMP

RH
JAMB
SWITCH
OPEN WITH
DOOR CLOSED

LH
COURTESY
LAMP

LH
JAMB
SWITCH
OPEN WITH
DOOR CLOSED

C288
12047781
 HOT AT ALL TIMES

PARK LP
20 AMP RADIO
(SEE PAGE 130, 131) CARGO
LAMP
II
SWITCH
CIGAR LIGHTER C241
(SEE PAGE 122) 12020556

r
a t 940-.8 o r n / b l k ^

CARGO
LAMP

156-.8 WHT I cm

140-,8 ORN

Z 3 J O H I S - t l ; Z 3J 00 J

EC
C D ^ ^E F
a j 39 | 1237 1 [238]
CONVENIENCE
CENTER
d O S ml DE
C D E F
(SEE PAGE 17)
12065245

240-.8 ORN

HORN
(SEE PAGE 43)
LIGHT SWITCH

CIRCUIT
BREAKER

240-.8 ORN

S251
RH 156-.8 WHT
JAMB
B
SWITCH 150-.8 BLK
OFF
OPEN WITH □
DOOR CLOSED
19-.8 BRN
C287
12047781

LH
JAMB
SWITCH S207
OPEN WITH
DOOR CLOSED

KEY WARNING 150-3.0 BLK 1

159-.8 TAN BUZZER
(SEE PAGE 122)

PANEL AND INTERIOR LAMPS

C208 CONTROL SWITCH
12034060
 UNDERHOOD
LAMP
ASSEMBLY

o ~ 2.5 ORN
(FUSIBLE LINK)
BATTERY
JUNCTION o
BLOCK o FUSE HOLDER ASM
o 5 AMP FUSE

o- — IQ

■ M 4 0 - .8 0RN

C186 UNDERHOOD
12040753 REEL LAMP
ASSEMBLY

1.0 WHT

UNDER HOOD REEL LAMP 125

 With the Ignition Switch in RUN or START voltage is
applied through the GAGES Fuse to the Safety Belt
Buzzer at the Convenience Center. With the driver’s
safety belt not buckled, terminal 39 of the module is
grounded through the Safety Belt Switch. The Fasten
Belts Indicator always goes on for about 5 seconds when
the Ignition Switch is turned to RUN or START

DIAGNOSIS — SAFETY BELT WARNING BUZZER

THE SAFETY BELT WARNING BUZZER DOES NOT OPERATE
TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Connect a test lamp from PNK/BLK Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
(39) wire at convenience center to
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (GAGES)
ground.
and/or LOCATE and REPAIR open
in PNK/BLK (39) wire from
convenience center to fuse block.
2. Connect a test lamp from BLK (238) Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
wire and BLK (150) wire at
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
convenience center.
(150) wire from convenience center
to ground terminal G202.
3. Connect a test lamp from BLK (238) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
wire at safety belt retractor switch
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
connector C328 to ground.
(238) wire from safety belt retractor
switch to convenience center.
4. Buckle safety belt. Connect a test Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
lamp from BLK (150) wire at safety (150) wire from safety belt retractor
belt retractor switch connector C328 switch to ground terminal G202.
to ground.
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE safety belt retractor
switch.

THE SAFETY BELT WARNING BUZZER OPERATES WHEN SAFETY BELT IS BUCKLED
TEST RESULT ACTION
Disconnect safety belt retractor Safety belt buzzer stops. REPLACE safety belt retractor
switch connector C328. switch.
Safety belt buzzer continues. CHECK for a short from BLK (238)
wire to ground. REPAIR as
required.
 237-.8 YELI
HOT IN START OR RUN

GAGES I®

?
l/P CLUSTER
20 AMP CONVENIENCE CONNECTOR
CENTER (SEE PAGES 98, 99) □ [ 822 M « j n
(SEE PAGE 17) I ll 121 |g | 237
r~|i25<>b n r i p

□ B O O
□ S K Z in
m js n < lD
□ □ •O D D
ALARM MODULE ni i-nnn
□ iU H M in
IGNITION 39 nl l-P»«1D
SEAT BELT LP 237 □ IZ H a D
GROUND 150 □DCZP
SEAT BELT 238
n m - r s iD
n m - n r ia
NOT USED

KEY WARNING 80

BATTERY 140
PANEL LPS 8

•629/W/DRL (T61)

SAFETY BELT
SWITCH

238

238-.8 BLK/WHT

150-.8 BLK 150-.8 BLK

39-.8 PNK/BLK 238-.8 BLK/WHT 238-.8 BLK/WHT

- p
S213
(SEE PAGE 33)
S207
150-.8 BLK m
mm 111
150-.8 BLK ■ ■

(SEE PAGE 24)

C275 C275
* 12047662 12047663
 REMOTE CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER
(Optional)
The RADIO Fuse provides main voltage to the Radio TEST RESULT ACTION
With the Ignition Switch in ACC or RUN and the Radio
and to the Power Antenna. With the Ignition Switch in Control Head ON, voltage is applied to the Cassette Tape Disconnect radio connector C244. Battery voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for
ACC or RUN, voltage is applied through the RADIO Fuse Player through the Radio. Place light switch to PARK and panel service.
and YEL wire to the On/Off Switch in the Radio. The On/ dimmer switch to HIGH. Connect a
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Off Switch is located in the Radio (without Cassette) or With the Remote Cassette Tape Player in PLAY, the voltmeter from GRA (8) wire at radio
GRA (8) wire from radio to splice
Radio Control Head (with Cassette). The circuit is Tape Player returns a Tape ON signal and the stereo audio connector C244 to ground.
S217.
grounded at G202. With the On/Off Switch closed, volt­ signals to the Radio. The Tape ON signal causes the
age is applied to the Solid-State Radio circuits to ground. Receiver circuitry to ignore the signals from the Tuner and
Two wires connect each speaker to the Radio. The ETR to send the audio signals from the Tape Player to the DISPLAY DIMMING FUNCTION WILL NOT OPERATE
Radio has two inputs that other models do not have: Dis­ speakers. With a Cassette Tape in FWD, REV or SEEK,
play Dim Signal and Clock Power. the Tape Player applies a MUTE signal to the Radio to TEST RESULT ACTION
prohibit the audio sound of these functions from being Disconnect radio connector C244. Battery voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for
The ETR model is an AM/FM Radio that changes sta­ heard. When the EJECT Button is pushed on the Tape Place light switch to PARK. Connect service.
tions electronically. The frequency of preselected stations Player, the Tape ON signal is terminated and the Radio a voltmeter from BRN (9) wire at
can be stored in the electronic memory. The ETR model No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
returns to normal operation. radio connector C244 to ground.
also provides a digital display of time or station frequency. BRN (9) wire from radio to splice
As in other models, the Panel Lamp Switch controls panel S210.
REMOTE GRAPHIC EQUALIZER (Optional)
lamp dimming. In the ETR model, dimming is also con­
trolled by the Radio itself by means of the Dim Display With the Ignition Switch in ACC or RUN and the Radio NO SOUND OR DISTORTED SOUND FROM A SPEAKER
Input Signal. Control Head ON, voltage is applied to the Graphic Equal­
izer through the Radio Control Head. As the frequency TEST RESULT ACTION
The ETR model’s Clock memory and Radio memory bands are manually adjusted, this information is sent on
functions are powered at all times through the CTSY 1. Disconnect suspected speaker Speaker pops. GO to step 2.
the data line through the Radio Control Head to the Radio. connector C242 or C245. Set analog
Fuse. If power to the ETR model is cut off — by discon­ The VF dim input allows dimming control of the Graphic No noise. REPLACE speaker.
necting the Battery, for example — the operator must ohmmeter on RX1 scale. Connect
Equalizer display when the Park or Headlights are ON. ohmmeter across speaker terminals.
reset the memory functions when power is restored.
If the Cassette or Cassette/Equalizer options are 2. Place ignition switch to RUN and Varing around 1 volt AC. LOCATE and REPAIR speaker
turn radio ON. Tune radio to a strong wires between radio and speaker.
included, a separate Radio Control Head is installed. This
signal. Connect a voltmeter across
sends information along the data line to the Radio to con­ No voltage or greater than 1 volt REMOVE radio and send in for
outputs for suspect speaker. LT GRN
trol the volume, frequency, and other Radio functions. AC. repairs.
(200) and DK GRN (117) wires for RH
speaker. GRA (118) and TAN (201)
wires for LH speaker.

DIAGNOSIS — RADIO (AM)

RADIO DOES NOT APPEAR TO WORK (NO DISPLAY LIGHTS, NO SOUND) DIAGNOSIS — AM/FM STEREO RADIO WITH OPTIONS
TEST RESULT ACTION RADIO DOES NOT APPEAR TO WORK (NO DISPLAY LIGHTS, NO SOUND)
1. Disconnect radio connector C244 Battery voltage. GO to step 2.
TEST RESULT ACTION
and place ignition switch to RUN. CHECK condition of fuse (RADIO).
No voltage.
Connect a voltmeter from YEL (43) If fuse is good, LOCATE and 1. Disconnect radio connector C244 Battery voltage. GO to step 2.
wire at radio connector C244 to REPAIR open in YEL (43) wire. and place ignition switch to RUN.
No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (RADIO).
ground. Connect a voltmeter from YEL (43)
If fuse is good, LOCATE and
2. Connect a voltmeter from YEL (43) Battery voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for wire at radio connector C244 to
REPAIR open in YEL (43) wire.
wire to BLK (150) wire at radio service. ground.
connector C244. 2. Connect a voltmeter from YEL (43) Battery voltage. GO to step 3.
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
(150) wire from radio to ground wire to BLK (150) wire at radio
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
terminal G202. connector C244.
(150) wire from radio to ground
terminal G202.
CLOCK (IF EQUIPPED) DOES NOT OPERATE 3. Connect radio connector C244. Battery voltage. GO to step 4.
Connect a voltmeter from RED wire
No voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for
TEST RESULT ACTION at radio connector C247 (going to
service.
Disconnect radio connector C244. Battery voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for radio control head) to ground.
Connect a voltmeter from ORN (40) service. 4. Connect a voltmeter from RED wire Battery voltage. REMOVE control head and send in
wire at radio connector C244 to CHECK condition of fuse (CTSY). to BLK wire at radio connector C247 for service.
No voltage.
ground. (both wires going to radio control
If fuse is good, LOCATE and No voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for
REPAIR open in ORN (40) wire. head).
*4? service.
 TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect radio connector C244. Battery voltage. GO to step 2. 1. Place ignition switch to RUN, turn Battery voltage. GO to step 2.
Connect a voltmeter from ORN (40) radio ON and a cassette inserted
No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (CTSY). No voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for
wire at radio connector C244 to into tape deck. Connect a voltmeter
If fuse is good, LOCATE and service.
ground. from ORN wire radio connector
REPAIR open in ORN (40) wire. C248 (going to cassette deck) to
2. Connect a voltmeter from ORN wire Battery voltage. REMOVE radio control head and ground.
at radio connector C247 (going to send in for service. 2. Connect a voltmeter from RED wire Battery voltage. GO to step 3.
radio control head) to ground. No voltage. REMOVE radio receiver and send at radio connector C248 (going to
No voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for
in for service. cassette deck) to ground.
service.
3. Connect a voltmeter from ORN wire Battery voltage. GO to step 4.
PANEL LAMP DOES NOT COME ON to BLK wire (LO ground) at radio
No voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for
connector C248.
TEST RESULT ACTION service.
1. Place light switch to PARK and panel Battery voltage. GO to step 2. 4. Connect a voltmeter from ORN wire Battery voltage. GO to step 5.
dimmer switch to HIGH. Connect a to BLK wire (HI ground) at radio
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in No voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for
voltmeter from GRA (8) wire at radio connector C248.
GRA (8) wire from radio to splice service.
connector C244 to ground. S217. 5. Connect a voltmeter from WHT wire A reading of approximately 4.5 GO to step 6.
2. Connect a voltmeter from BRN wire Battery voltage. REMOVE radio control head and at radio connector C248 to ground. volts.
at radio connector C247 (going to send in for service. A reading less or greater than 4.5 REMVOE cassette deck and send
radio control head) to ground. No voltage. REMOVE radio receiver and send volts. in for service.
in for service. 6. Connect a voltmeter from ORN/ A reading of approximately 4.5 GO to step 7.
WHT wire at radio connector C248 volts.
to ground. A reading less or greater than 4.5
DISPLAY DIMMING FUNCTION WILL NOT OPERATE REMOVE cassette deck and send
volts. in for service.
TEST RESULT ACTION
7. Connect a voltmeter from BRN wire A reading of approximately 4.5 GO to step 8.
1. Place light switch to PARK. Connect Battery voltage. GO to step 2. at radio connector C248 to ground. volts.
a voltmeter from BRN (9) wire at No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
radio connector C244 to ground. A reading less or greater than 4.5 REMOVE cassette deck and send
BRN (9) wire from radio to splice volts. in for service.
S210.
8. Connect a voltmeter from BLU wire Battery voltage. REMOVE cassette deck and send
2. Connect a voltmeter from YEL wire Battery voltage. REMOVE radio control head and at radio connector C248 to ground. in for service.
at radio connector C247 (going to send in for repairs.
radio control head) to ground. No voltage. GO to step 9.
No voltage. REMOVE radio receiver and send
in for repairs. 9. Move tape deck switch to FWD and A reading of approximately 8 volts. GO to step 10.
then REV. Connect a voltmter from A reading less or greater than 8 REMOVE cassette deck and send
BLU wire at radio connector C248 to
volts. in for service.
ground, taking readings at each
position.
10. Remove cassette from tape deck. Battery voltage. REMOVE cassette deck and send
Connect a voltmeter from BRN wire in for service.
at radio connector C248 to ground.

GRAPHIC EQUALIZER DOES NOT OPERATE

TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect graphic equalizer A reading of approximately 10 volts. GO to step 2.
connector C246. Place ignition
A reading less or greater than 10
switch to RUN and turn radio ON.
volts. REMOVE radio control head and
Connect a voltmeter from WHT wire
send in for service.
at graphic equalizer connector C246
to ground.
2. Place light in to PARK and panel Battery voltage. REMOVE graphic equalizer
dimmer switch to HIGH. Connect a assembly and send in for service.
voltmeter from GRA wire at graphic REMOVE radio control head and
No voltage.
equalizer connector C246 to ground.
send in for service.

RADIO 129
 *J'AAA/VV\A/V'l/\Sl
S HOT AT ALL TIMES S
AVvA/WV'AVsAA

RADIO CTSY
10 AMP J 20 AMP J
S242
I 40-1.0 ORN ALARM MODULE
40-.8 ORN I
(SEE PAGE 127)

I 43-.8 YEL ■
CIGAR LIGHTER
40-.8 ORN (SEE PAGE 122)

f ....... —\
RH *0 3 ^
I 117-.8 DK GRN
FRONT B fSoo} 200-.8 LT GRN
SPEAKER
J
C242
12066645

-n 1
118-.8 GRA mm
D s l ? 1* 2
201-.8 TAN m m
E E I IT 3
LEFT FRONT - SPEAKER 1 -118 I 117-.8 DK GRN |
LEFT FRONT + SPEAKER
RIGHT FRONT - SPEAKER
2
3
-201
-117
2 DC4
I 200-.8 LT GRN

RIGHT FRONT + SPEAKER 4 -201 C243

12040904
AM GROUND 5 -150
- 9
RADIO PARK LAMP 6
-8
DIMMER 7
UNIT 8
1150-.8 BLK S207
IGNITION 9 -4 3
MEMORY (BATT.) 10 -4 0 (SEE PAGE 24)

43-.8 YEL I

I 40-.8 ORN

LH
FRONT
SPEAKER A l/P GROUND
(0) G202

130 RADIO
AM
r^A A W V V V V V V W W N A ^J y A M A M A /V W V W V V W
C HOT IN ACCY > S HOT AT ALL TIMES C
< OR RUN ?
^VSA/WVvVWWVWV* K w W W W W W W '/'*

RADIO
10 AMP

ALARM MODULE
(SEE PAGE 127)

CIGAR LIGHTER
(SEEPAGE 122)
RH
REAR
SPEAKER

S207
(SEE PAGE 24)

l/P GROUND
C245
LH (Q) G202
12066645 REAR
SPEAKER

RADIO 131
AM/FM STEREO
 A similar action occurs with either of the Door Lock
Switches closing to the UNLOCK position. Now the TAN
(294) wires to the Motors supply battery voltage and the
When a Door Lock Switch is operated, both of the GRA (295) wires are grounded. The polarity of the voltage POWER DOOR LOCKS DO NOT OPERATE FROM EITHER SWITCH
doors will lock or unlock. Each lock can also be operated to the Motors has reversed. The Motors run in the oppo­
manually. The locks are operated by reversible motors that site direction to unlock the doors. TEST RESULT ACTION
receive voltage from the PWR/ACC Circuit Breaker. The 1. Place ignition switch in ACC position. Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
Door Lock Switches operate to turn the Motors on by The Door Lock Switches are usually closed for just a
moment. If the Door Lock Switches are held closed, a cir­ Connect a test lamp from ORN/BLK CHECK condition of fuse (ACC/
applying battery voltage to one of the terminals and Test lamp does not light.
cuit breaker in each Motor will open to protect against (60) wire at LH lock switch connector BATT). If fuse is good, LOCATE
ground to the other terminal. C505 to ground.
damage. The circuit breakers close automatically when and REPAIR open in ORN/BLK
When either Door Lock Switch is moved to the LOCK they cool off. (60) wire from lock switch to fuse
position, it completes the circuit to the Motors. Voltage is block.
applied to the GRA (295) wire and to the Door Lock
2. Connect a test lamp from ORN/BLK Test lamp lights. CHECK splices S600 and S601 for
Motors, which are grounded by the TAN (294) wire from an open.
(60) wire to BLK (150) wire(s) at LH
the other terminal of the Motor through the other switch lock switch connector C505.
contact to the BLK (150) wire and ground G202. The Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
Motor in each door runs to operate the Door Locks. When (150) wire(s) from lock switch to
the Door Lock Switch is released, the circuit is opened ground terminal G202.
and the Motors turn off.
BOTH SWITCHES ONLY OPEN ONE DOOR LOCK
TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Place ignition switch in ACC position. Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
Move one of the lock switches to Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
UNLOCK position. Disconnect GRA (295) wire.
connector C504 or C603 at motor
that is not working. Connect a test
lamp from GRA (295) wire at lock
motor connector C504 or C603 to
ground.
2. Connect a test lamp from GRA (295) Test lamp lights. REPLACE lock motor.
wire to TAN (294) wire at inoperative LOCATE and REPAIR open in TAN
Test lamp does not light.
lock motor connector C504 or C603.
(294) wire.

POWER DOOR LOCKS ONLY WORK FROM ONE LOCK SWITCH

TEST RESULT ACTION
Place ignition switch in ACC position. Test lamp lights. REPLACE inoperative lock switch.
Connect a test lamp from ORN/BLK Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
(60) wire at inoperative lock switch ORN/BLK (60) wire from lock
connector C505 or C604 to ground.
switch to splice S332.
 HOT AT ALL TIMES

RIGHT 1
294-2.0 TAN I
ACC/BATT LOCK
294
1 1
30 AMP MOTOR
295-2.0 GRA
L = l
C.B.
C603
12004140

S601
295-2.0 GRA I

RIGHT A 194-2.0 BLK/RED

LOCK
SWITCH 294-2.0 TAN
I
P
■ S600

U-l-
CONVENIENCE
CENTER I
LOCK UNLOCK
(SEE PAGE 17)

mWmmm
194-2.0 BLK/RED r Mmm * T ^H B T M F J H T M —m 4 W Jk I

60-2.0 ORN/BLK 60-2.0 o r n / b l k v mmm mmm s t

J I | I

lt BLU b h b ^ J

295-2.0 GRA POWER

WINDOWS
294-2.0 TAN (SEE PAGE 135)
II
150-2.0 BLK CM CM

I
III
195-2.0 LT BLU
LEFT 150-2.0 BLK m
■ I
LOCK I I " ^ S500
SWITCH 194-2.0 BLK/RED

S207 60-2.0 ORN/BLK U J |

U__III
(SEE PAGE 24)

LOCK

m m
o o
oj oi
o o
u> in

LEFT J 294
\7 = \
294-2.0 TAN ■
i i
LOCK ■* 295 295-2.0 GRA
i/ p MOTOR |— i = l
POWER
WINDOWS
C504
(SEE PAGE 135)
12004140

POWER DOOR LOCKS 133

 ated, battery voltage is applied to the Window Motor in the
opposite direction through the BRN (165) wire. The Win­
A permanent magnet (PM) motor operates each of the dow Motor is grounded through the UP contact. The TEST RESULT ACTION
Power Windows. Each Motor raises or lowers the glass Motor runs to drive the window down. 1. Place ignition switch in ACC position. Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
when voltage is supplied to it. The direction the Motor Connect a test lamp from PNK (76)
RH WINDOW SWITCH OPERATION Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
turns depends on the polarity of the supply voltage. The wire at LH window switch connector
PNK (76) wire from LH window
Switches control the supply voltage polarity. When the Ignition Switch is in RUN or ACC, battery C503 to ground.
switch to splice S329.
The Master Door Lock/Power Window Switch Assem­ voltage is applied to the RH Window Switch through the
2. Connect a test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
bly controls both of the Motors. The RH Window Switch ACC IGN Circuit Breaker and the PNK wires to terminal wire to BLK (150) wire at LH window
controls only the RH Window Motor. 76. When the UP Switch in the RH Window Switch is Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
switch connector C503.
operated, battery voltage is applied to the RH Window (150) wire from LH window switch
Each Motor is protected by a built-in circuit breaker. If a Motor through the DK BLU (666) wire. The Motor is to splice S500.
Window Switch is held too long with the window grounded through the BRN (667) wire, the DN contact in 3. Move and hold LH window switch to Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
obstructed or after the window is fully up or down, the cir­ the RH Window Switch, the TAN (167) wire and the DN UP position. Connect a test lamp
cuit breaker opens the circuit. The circuit breaker resets contact in the Master Door Lock/Power Window Switch Test lamp does not light. REPLACE LH window switch.
from BRN (165) wire at LH window
automatically as it cools. Assembly. The Motor runs to drive the window up. When switch connector C503.
When the Ignition Switch is in RUN, or ACC, battery the DN switch in the RH Window Switch is operated, bat­
4. Connect a test lamp from BRN (165) Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
voltage is applied to the Master Door Lock/Power Window tery voltage is applied to the RH Window Motor in the
wire to DK BLU (164) wire at LH
Switch Assembly, the ACC IGN Circuit Breaker, and the opposite direction through the BRN (667) wire. The Motor Test lamp does not light. REPLACE LH window switch.
window switch connector C503.
PNK (76) wires. When any of the UP Switches are oper­ is grounded through the DK BLU (666) wire, the UP con­
tact in the RH Window Switch, the DK BLU/WHT (166) 5. Connect a test lamp from BRN (165) Test lamp lights. GO to step 6.
ated, battery voltage is applied to the Window Motor
wire and the UP contact in the Master Door Lock/Power wire at LH window motor connector
through the DK BLU (164) wire. The Window Motor is Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Window Switch Assembly. The Motor runs to drive the C501 to ground.
grounded through the DN contact. The Motor runs to drive BRN (165) wire from LH window
the window up. When any of the DN Switches are oper­ window down. motor to LH window switch.
6. Connect a test lamp from BRN (165) Test lamp lights. REPLACE LH window motor.
wire to DK BLU (164) wire at LH
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
window motor connector C501.
BLU (164) wire between LH
DIAGNOSIS — POWER WINDOWS window motor and LH window
switch.
BOTH POWER WINDOWS DO NOT OPERATE
RH POWER WINDOW ONLY OPERATES FROM DRIVER’S SIDE WINDOW SWITCH
TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Place ignition switch in ACC position. Test lamp lights. GO to step 2. TEST RESULT ACTION
Connect a test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (ACC/ 1. Place ignition switch in ACC position. Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
wire at LH window switch connector IGN). If fuse is good, LOCATE and Connect a test lamp from PNK (76)
C503 to ground. Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
REPAIR open in PNK (76) wire wire at RH window switch connector
PNK (76) wire from RH window
from window switch to fuse block. C602 to ground.
switch to splice S329.
2. Connect a test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights. REPLACE LH window switch. 1. Move RH window switch to UP Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
wire to BLK (150) wire at LH window Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK position. Connect a test lamp from
switch connector C503. Test lamp does not light. REPLACE RH window switch.
(150) wire from LH window switch BRN (667) wire at RH window switch
to ground terminal G202. connector C602 to ground.
3. Move RH window switch to DOWN Test lamp does not light. REPLACE RH window switch.
position. Connect a test lamp from
DK BLU (666) wire at RH window
switch connector C602 to ground.
 TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Place ignition switch to ACC Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
position. Position and hold RH Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
window switch to UR Connect a test
lamp from BRN (667) wire at RH
window motor connector C601 to
ground.
2. Connect a test lamp from BRN (667) Test lamp lights. REPLACE RH window motor.
wire to DK BLU (666) wire at RH Test lamp does not light. GO to step 4.
window motor connector C601.
3. Connect a test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
wire at LH window switch connector Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
C502 to ground. PNK (76) wire from LH window
switch to fuse block.
4. Connect a test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights. GO to step 6.
wire to DK BLU/WHT (166) wire at Test lamp does not light. GO to step 5.
LH window switch connector C502.
5. Connect a test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights. REPLACE LH window switch.
wire to BLK (150) wire at LH window LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
Test lamp does not light.
switch connector C502. (150) wire from LH window switch
to splice S500.
6. Connect a test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights. GO to step 8.
wire to TAN (167) wire at LH window Test lamp does not light. GO to step 7.
switch connector C502.
7. Connect a test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights. REPLACE LH window switch.
wire to BLK (150) wire at LH window Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
switch connector C502. (150) wire from LH window switch
to splice S500.
8. Connect a test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights at both wires (166 REPLACE RH window switch.
wire to DK BLU/WHT (166) wire and and 167).
then to TAN (167) wire at RH window Test lamp lights at only one wire or LOCATE and REPAIR open in
switch connector C602. wires (166 and 167) from RH
not at all.
window switch to LH window
switch.
 HOT IN ACCY OR RUN

ACC/IGN
30 AMP
C.B. )

166

666

RIGHT
WINDOW T—
SWITCH 667
167

CONVENIENCE 150-2.0 BLK

CENTER
(SEE PAGE 17)

76-2.0 PNK

166-2.0 DK BLU/WHT

167-2.0 TAN

L±
I 76-2.0 PNK

166-2.0 DK BLU/WHT
150-2.0 BLK
I 167-2.0 TAN

76-2.0 PNK
. 150
164
LEFT
WINDOW 76
SWITCH
DRIVER 165
SIDE 150

UP

150

S207 LEFT 166

(SEE PAGE 24) WINDOW
SWITCH
PASSENGER
167
SIDE
. 150
POWER DOOR
LOCKS
UP
(SEE PAGE 132)

l/P LEFT
GROUND WINDOW
G202 MOTOR
C501
12004140
 The first time the Rear Defogger Switch is activated,
the Timer-Relay will allow the Rear Defogger to operate
for 10 minutes. Each time after the Rear Defogger Switch REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT WORK AND ON INDICATOR DOES NOT LIGHT
With the Ignition Switch in RUN, voltage is applied to is activated, the Timer-Relay will allow the Rear Defogger
the Rear Defogger Control. When the Rear Defogger to operate for a maximum of 5 minutes. The Timer-Relay TEST RESULT ACTION
Control Switch is moved to the ON position, voltage is will reset to 10 minutes when the Ignition Switch is turned
then applied to the Rear Defogger Timer Relay. The con­ 1. Disconnect rear defogger switch Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
OFF and then back to the RUN position. connector C264 and place ignition
tact closes, which provides voltage to the ON Indicator Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of circuit breaker
switch in RUN position. Connect a
and the Rear Defogger. The rear window will become The Timer also shuts off at any time the Rear Defogger (ACC/BATT). If circuit breaker is
test lamp from ORN (60) wire at rear
warm to remove fog from the surface of the window. Control On-Off Switch is depressed to OFF good, LOCATE and REPAIR open
defogger switch connector C264 to
in ORN and ORN/BLK (60) wire(s).
The contact in the Rear Defogger Control will stay ground.
closed until the Rear Defogger Control Switch is turned 2. Connect a test lamp from PNK/BLK Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
off, or the timer cycle is complete. (39) wire at rear defogger switch
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse
connector C264 to ground.
(GAGES). If fuse is good, LOCATE
and REPAIR open in PNK/BLK
(39) wire.
3. Connect a test lamp from PNK/BLK Test lamp lights. REPLACE rear defogger switch.
(39) wire to BLK (150) wire at rear
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
defogger switch connector C264.
(150) wire at rear defogger switch
to ground terminal G202.

ON INDICATOR WORKS BUT REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT DEFROST

TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Place ignition switch in RUN position Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
and turn on rear defogger switch.
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in PPL
Connect a test lamp from PPL (293)
and PPL/WHT (293) wires from
at rear window to ground.
rear window to rear defogger
switch.
2. Connect a test lamp from PPL (293) Test lamp lights. REPAIR rear defogger as required.
wire to BLK (150) wire at rear
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
window.
(150) wire from rear window to
ground terminal G407.

REAR DEFOGGER PANEL LAMP DOES NOT WORK

TEST RESULT ACTION
Turn headlamps ON and position Test lamp lights. REPLACE panel light bulb.
dimmer control to BRIGHT Connect
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
a test lamp from GRA (8) wire at rear
GRA (8) wire from rear defogger
defogger switch connector C264 to
switch to fuse block.
ground.
 HOT AT ALL TIMES

PANEL

i
ACC/BATT GAGES

?
30 AMP LPS 20 AMP
C.B. 5 AMP
■150 150 1150-3.0 BLK I
SaT1
2977253
REAR
WINDOW
DEFOGGER 293-3.0 PPL I
•293
GRID
2977253

k
S217 • I# S213
^ (SEE PAGE 106) (SEE PAGE 33)
12015987

C260

REAR DEFOGGER
12015952
SWITCH
O ■ 1 39-.8 PNK/BLK I

ir
© m
mm 1150-.8 BLK m m
£ ^

O II 160-3.0 ORN
<0 ■

I (O _
a> f 293-3.0 PPL/WHT

c
fP
il_____ 8-.8 GRA
Ml
C264
12059296

>39-.8 PNK/BLK
C261
12015204
18-. 8 GRA

CONVENIENCE CENTER
(SEE PAGE 14)
— - E it
Is C262
1150-3.0 BLK l

12033703

160-3.0 ORN |
Z 3) O H Ig Z3JOT >3 Q C253
-f= f= f= c 12059233

D ^ E F
*3 G ] c m i u s m i 6 q r
a C 3 dD DID CD7
D E F

I 150-3.0 BLK I
S207
12065245 (SEE PAGE 27)

SHEET METAL
fO) GROUND
G407
CIRCUIT OPERATION — HIGH SPEED DIAGNOSIS — WIPER/WASHER
With the Wiper/Washer Switch in the HI position, bat­
CONVENTIONAL WIPER tery voltage is supplied from the PPL (92) wire directly to a WIPERS DO NOT OPERATE IN ANY MODE
WIPERS second armature terminal of the Wiper Motor. The wipers
run at high speed. When the Wiper/Washer Switch is TEST RESULT ACTION
When the Wiper/Washer Switch is in LO, battery volt­ turned to OFF- the wipers complete the last sweep at low 1. Disconnect wiper switch connector Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
age is applied through the GRA (91) wire directly to the speed and park. C266. Connect a test lamp from Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (WIPER).
low speed brushes of the Wiper Motor. The Wiper Motor WHT (93) wire at wiper switch If fuse is good, LOCATE and
runs at low speed. PARK connector C266 to ground. REPAIR open in WHT (93) wire
When the Wiper/Washer Switch is in HI, battery volt­ from wiper switch to fuse block.
When the wipers are turned off, the Wiper Motor runs
age is applied through the PPL (92) wire to the high speed at low speed until the wiper blades reach the PARK posi­ 2. Reconnect wiper switch connector Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
brushes of the Wiper Motor. The motor operates at higher tion. At that time the Park/Run Relay opens and shuts the C266. Position switch in LO. Connect wiper wires from wiper switch to
speed. Wiper Motor to stop it immediately. The wiper blades a test lamp from GRA (91) wire at wiper motor module.
remain in the PARK position. wiper switch connector C266 to REPLACE wiper switch.
The Park Switch is open only when the wiper blades Test lamp does not light.
ground.
are in the PARK position. In all other positions, the Park
Switch is closed. When the Wiper/Washer Switch is
MIST
moved to OFF- battery voltage at the WHT (93) wire is When the control is moved to MIST and released, the WIPERS RUN AT LOW SPEED ONLY (HIGH SPEED INOPERATIVE)
applied through the Park Switch, the ORN (98) wire, the wipers make one sweep at low speed and return to PARK.
TEST RESULT ACTION
Wiper/Washer Switch, and the GRA (91) wire to the low The circuit operation is the same as low speed.
speed brushes of the Wiper Motor. The Wiper Motor con­ 1. Disconnect wiper motor module Test lamp lights. REPLACE wiper motor module.
tinues to run at low speed until the wiper blades reach the PULSE connector C177. Place ignition Test lamp does not light. GO to step 2.
PARK position. At that time the Park Switch opens and switch in ACC and wiper switch in HI
stops the Wiper Motor. With the Wiper/Washer Switch in PULSE (Delay), volt­ position. Connect a test lamp from
age is applied to the GRA (91) wire, the Wiper Motor Mod­ PPL (92) wire at wiper module
The Wiper Motor is protected by a circuit breaker which ule, and the Solid-State Control Board. Voltage is applied connector C177 to ground.
opens if the current through the Motor rises to a high level. to the Park/Run Relay coil which is momentarily grounded 2. Connect a test lamp from PPL (92) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in PPL
This may happen if the wiper blades are blocked by ice or by the Pulse/Speed/Wash Control circuit and the relay wiper switch connector C266 to (92) wire from wiper switch to
snow. The circuit breaker resets automatically after it closes. Battery voltage is supplied through the closed ground. wiper motor module.
cools off. contacts of the relay to run the Wiper Motor. The relay
remains energized as long as the contacts of the Park/ Test lamp does not light. REPLACE wiper switch.
WASHER Run Switch remain closed. When the wiper blades have
reached PARK, the Park/Run Switch opens, de-energiz­
The Washer Motor is energized whenever the Washer
ing the Park/Run Relay. The wiper blades remain in PARK
Switch is pressed and runs as long as the Washer Switch
until the Control Board grounds the Park/Relay coil to
is closed. Battery voltage is applied through the Washer
start another sweep. The delay time between sweeps is
Switch and the PNK (94) wire to the Washer Motor. The
controlled by the pulse delay resistors. The delay can be
other terminal of the motor is grounded through the BLK
(150) wire. adjusted from 0 to 43 seconds.

WASHER
PULSE WIPERS When the Washer Switch is depressed, voltage is
applied to the Solid-State Control Board. The Control
In addition to the features of a conventional (non-pulse) Board supplies battery voltage to the Washer Motor
Wiper System (MIST LO, and HI speeds), the pulse-type through the PNK (94) wire. It also starts the wiper cycle
Wiper/Washer System includes an operating mode in through the low speed brushes of the Wiper Motor. The
which the wipers make single strokes with an adjustable washer continues to run as long as the switch is held
time interval between strokes. The time interval is con­ down. The Solid-State Control Board keeps the wipers on
trolled by a Solid State Pulse/Speed/Wash Control in the for approximately six seconds after the washer goes off. If
Wiper Motor Module. The duration of the relay interval is the washer is switched on during the PULSE operation,
determined by the Pulse Delay Resistance in the Wiper/ the wipers run in low speed for six seconds. The wash
Washer Switch. cycle is completed before the wipers return to the delayed
pulse operation.
LOW SPEED The Wiper Motor is equipped with a circuit breaker
In the LO position, the Wiper/Washer Switch supplies which protects the motor when the wipers are blocked.
voltage to the GRA (91) wire and the Pulse/Speed/Wash The resulting high current will open the circuit breaker
Control. The Pulse/Speed/Wash Control provides ground which will reset upon cooling.
to the Park/Run Relay which is energized and supplies
voltage to the brushes of the Wiper Motor. The wipers run
at low speed until they are turned off.
 TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect wiper motor module Test lamp lights. REPLACE wiper motor module. 1. Disconnect washer pump motor Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
connector C177. Place ignition connector C176. Place ignition switch
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 2. Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
switch in ACC and wiper switch in to ACC and wiper switch to WASH.
LO position. Connect a test lamp Connect a test lamp from PNK (94)
from GRA (91) wire at wiper motor wire at washer pump motor
module connect C177 to ground. connector C176 to ground.
2. Connect a test lamp from GRA (91) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in 2. Connect a test lamp from PNK (94) Test lamp lights. REPLACE washer pump motor.
wire at wiper switch connector C266 GRA (91) wire from wiper switch to wire to BLK (150) wire at washer
wiper motor module. Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
to ground. pump motor connector C176.
(150) wire from washer pump
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE wiper switch. motor to ground terminal G104.
3. Connect a test lamp from PNK (94) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
WIPERS WILL NOT SHUT OFF wire at wiper switch connector C266. PNK (94) wire from wiper switch to
washer pump motor.
TEST RESULT ACTION
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE wiper switch.
1. Disconnect wiper motor module Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
connector C177. Place ignition LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Test lamp does not light. WASHER WILL NOT OPERATE (W/PULSE WIPERS)
switch in ACC and wiper switch to
GRA (91) wire from wiper motor
LO position. Connect a test lamp module to wiper switch.
from GRA (91) wire at wiper module
TEST RESULT ACTION
connector C177 to ground. 1. Disconnect washer pump motor Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
Test lamp lights. GO to step 3. connector C176. Place ignition switch
2. Move wiper switch to HI position. Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
to ACC and wiper switch to WASH.
Connect a test lamp from PPL (92) Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in PPL Connect a test lamp from PNK (94)
wire at wiper motor module
(92) wire from wiper motor module wire at washer pump motor
connector C177 to ground.
to wiper switch. connector C176 to ground.
3. Connect a test lamp from WHT (93) Test lamp lights (w/pulse wipers). REPLACE wiper motor module. 2. Connect a test lamp from PNK (94) Test lamp lights. REPLACE washer pump motor.
wire at wiper motor module wire to BLK (150) wire at washer
Test lamp lights (w/o pulse wipers). GO to step 4. Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
connector C177 to ground. pump motor connector C176.
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in (150) wire from washer pump
WHT (93) wire from wiper motor motor to ground terminal G104.
module to ground. 3. Connect a test lamp from GRA (91) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
4. Turn ignition and wiper switches to A reading of 0 ohms. REPLACE wiper motor module. wire at wiper motor module
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
OFF Disconnect battery. Connect connector C177 to ground.
A reading greater than 0 ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in GRA (91) wire from wiper motor
ohmmeter between ORN (98) and module to wiper switch. If wire is
ORN (98) wire from wiper motor
GRA (91) wires at wiper motor good, REPLACE wiper switch.
module to wiper switch.
module connector C177.
4. Connect a test lamp from ORN (98) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
wire at wiper motor module ORN (98) wire from wiper motor
NO DELAY IN THE PULSE (DELAY) MODE connector C177 to ground. module to wiper switch. If wire is
good, REPLACE wiper switch.
TEST RESULT ACTION
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE wiper motor module.
1. Disconnect wiper switch connector A reading of approximately 680 GO to step 2.
C266. Place wiper switch to LO ohms.
position. Connect an ohmmeter from A reading of less than or greater REPLACE wiper switch.
GRA (91) wire terminal to WHT (93)
than 680 ohms.
wire terminal at wiper switch.
2. Move wiper switch through delay Readings increase in steps to LOCATE and REPAIR open in
range to maximum delay position. approximately 450 k ohms. GRA (91) wire or WHT (93) wire
from wiper switch connector C266
to wiper motor module C177. If
wires are good, REPLACE wiper
switch.
Readings are incorrect. REPLACE wiper switch.
 Voltage is applied at all times through the STOP/HAZ
TEST RESULT ACTION
BACKUP LAMPS Fuse to the Brake Switch. When the brake pedal is
depressed, the contacts in the Brake Switch close. Volt­ 5. Connect a test lamp from YEL (18) Test lamp lights. GO to step 6.
With the Ignition Switch in RUN, BULB TEST or age is applied through the Turn Switch Assembly to the wire at LH stoplamp connector C405
START voltage is applied through the Turn/BU Fuse to the Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
LH and RH Stoplamp, and the Stoplamps light. If a Turn or DK GRN (19) wire at RH stoplamp
Transmission Position Switch or the Backup Lamp either YEL (18) wire or DK GRN
Signal is on, the Stoplamp on that side will flash as a Turn connector C404 to ground. Depress
(19) wire between stoplamp and
Switch. Whenever the gear selector lever is shifted to Signal. The other Stoplamp will serve as a Stoplamp. brake pedal.
turn signal switch.
REVERSE the Transmission Position Switch or the
Backup Lamp Switch closes and voltage is applied to the 6. Connect a test lamp from YEL (18) Test lamp lights. REPLACE stoplamp bulb.
Backup Lamps and the Lamps turn on. wire to BLK (150) wire at LH
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
stoplamp connector C405 or DK
(150) wire between stoplamp and
GRN (19) wire to BLK (150) wire at
TAIL, MARKER, END GATE RH stoplamp connector C404.
ground G400.
CLEARANCE, AND LICENSE LAMPS Depress brake pedal.
Voltage is applied through the PARK LP Fuse to the NONE OF THE REAR LAMP SYSTEMS OPERATE
Light Switch at all times. With Light Switch in PARK or
HEAD, voltage is applied to the Tail, Marker, End Gate TEST RESULT ACTION
Clearance and License Lamps. 1. Connect a test lamp from ORN (240) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
wire at light switch connector C204
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (PARK
to ground.
LP). If fuse is good, LOCATE and
DIAGNOSIS — REAR EXTERIOR LAMPS REPAIR open in RED (2) wire and
ORN (240) wire from light switch to
PRELIMINARY CHECKS: junction block.
The rear lamp systems (taillamps, clearance lamps, 2. Place light switch to PARK position. Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
end gate lamps, and license plate lamps) all receive volt­ Connect a test lamp from BRN (9)
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE light switch.
age from same wire circuit (BRN 9) and share same wire at light switch connector C204
ground terminals G400 and G401. If only one system is to ground.
not working, LOCATE and REPAIR an open in the wiring 3. Connect a test lamp from BRN (9) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
and/or bulbs that pertain to that system. wire at rear lamp connector C400 to (150) wire.
ground.
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
BRN (9) wire from rear lamps to
STOPLAMPS DO NOT OPERATE light switch.
TEST RESULT ACTION
BACKUP LAMPS DO NOT OPERATE
1. Connect a test lamp from ORN (140) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
wire at Stoplamp Switch connector TEST RESULT ACTION
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of STOP/HAZ
C271 to ground. 1. Place transmission in reverse. Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
fuse. If fuse is OK, LOCATE and
REPAIR open in ORN (140) wire Connect a test lamp from LT GRN
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
from stoplamp switch to fuse (24) wire at backup lamp connector
block. C404 and C405 to ground.
2. Connect a test lamp from WHT (17) Test lamp lights. GO to step 3. 2. Connect a test lamp from LT GRN Test lamp lights. REPLACE bulb.
wire at Stoplamp Switch connector (24) wire to BLK (150) wire at backup
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE stoplamp switch. Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
C271 to ground. Depress brake lamp connector C404 or C405.
(150) wire from backup lamp to
pedal. ground terminal G400.
3. Connect a test lamp from WHT (17) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4. 3. Connect a test lamp from DK BLU Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
wire at turn signal switch connector (75) wire at backup lamp switch
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (TURN/
C206 to ground. Depress brake WHT (17) wire between stoplamp connector C179 (man) or C229 (auto)
pedal. BU). If fuse is good, LOCATE and
switch and turn signal switch. to ground.
REPAIR open in DK BLU (75) wire
4. Connect a test lamp from YEL (18) or Test lamp lights. GO to step 5. from backup lamp switch to fuse
DK GRN (19) wire at turn signal block.
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE turn signal.
switch connector C206 to ground. 4. Connect a test lamp from LT GRN Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
Depress brake pedal. (24) wire at backup lamp switch GRN (24) wire from backup lamp
connector C179 (man) or C229 (auto) switch to backup lamps.
to ground.
Test lamp does not light. Adjust backup lamp switch. If
backup lamp switch will not adjust
properly, REPLACE backup lamp
switch.
^ A /w w v v w ^ v v v w
S HOT IN START OR RUN ?
VVVAAAA/VVVW VV^*

TURN/BU
15 AMP

RH TAIL, STOP, DIRECTIONAL

SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP

75:8 OK BLU

ENGINE

400 401 | 39 I

6 7 1 4 1

E3
S401
C100
12020183 LH TAIL, STOP, DIRECTIONAL
SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP
ztr
3
m (3

75-.8 DK BLU _____I S402

■150-.8 BLK*

24-.8 LT GRN

nrr
i l l
C101
12020099

C405
12065862

BACKUP
LAMP
SWITCH
(CLOSED IN REVERSE) (AUTO TRANS)
(CLOSED IN REVERSE)
 ^TVWWWSAA/S/VW
S HOT IN START OR RUN \
ls\/W VW W W VW ^

TURN/BU

\
15 AMP

75-.8 DK BLU

ENGINE

RH TAIL, STOP, TURN

SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP

150-.8 BLK
BACKUP
LAMP
SWITCH
(MAN TRANS) (AUTO TRANS)
(CLOSED IN REVERSE) (CLOSED IN REVERSE)
 RPO CODE

r*M/WVVVV'A/\A/'i
> HOT AT ALL TIMES < R05 — DUAL REAR WHEELS

A vV w vw vw W

PARK LP
20 AMP

i RH SIDE CLEARANCE
LPS (R05)
(SEE PAGE 146)
9-.8 BRN
150.8 BLK
RH TAIL, STOP, TURN
SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP

LIGHT SWITCH END GATE LAMPS

CONNECTOR (R05) I 9-.8 BRN
(SEE PAGE 146)
LICENSE LAMP
(SEE PAGE 146) 9-.8 BRN

LH SIDE CLEARANCE
9-.8 BRN 9-.8 BRN
LAMP (R05)
240-.8 ORN (SEE PAGE 146)
m
C404
12065862

OFF
S210 (SEE PAGE 40)
9-.8 BRN

\ m
C204
12034061

LH TAIL, STOP, TURN

SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP

33 490 31
9-.8 BRN 25 92 98 150-.8 BLK
L 93 3
140 2
35 250
9-.8 BRN
r 696 2
39 401 400
24 75 6
9-.8 BRN

9-.8 BRN
*T T '
C405
12065862

S402

C101
12020099
 yrJVWWV\AAVVV7
HOT AT ALL TIMES <
^ A /v w w w v i

PARK LP
20 AMP RH TAIL, STOR TURN
SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP

LIGHT SWITCH

S210 (SEE PAGE 40)

OFF LH TAIL, STOR TURN
9-.8 BRN SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP

C204
12034061

33 490 31
25 92 98 :
L 93 3
140 2
0 35 250

r
39
696
401
2
400 :
24 75 6

C100
12020184

C101
12020099

146 TAILLAMPS
CHASSIS CAB
 HOT AT ALL TIMES
RH FRONT RH REAR
CLEARANCE CLEARANCE
LAMP LAMP
PARK LP
20 AMP
f i) (n )
C415
12020348

LIGHT SWITCH

END
GATE
LAMP

■240-.8 ORN

&
S2K) (SEE PAGE 40)
I9-.8 BRN END
GATE
m LAMP
C204
12034061 150-.8 BLK I

8 BRN
NU8 8 -6

33 490 31 END
25 92 98 : GATE
L 93 3 LAMP
140 2
U) 35 250

r
39
696
401
2
400 :
24 75 6

9-.8 BRN

@ U -< 3 D END
GATE
QD LAMP

C417
12020348

P O
TERMINAL
06288316

END
GATE
LAMP
LH FRONT LH REAR FRAME TAILGATE
CLEARANCE CLEARANCE GROUND (O) GROUND
LAMP LAMP G400 *=* G401

END GATE AND FENDER CLEARANCE LAMPS

DUAL REAR WHEELS
 RPO CODES
js/sA M /vA V W V V V T VR4 - TRAILERING EQUIPMENT PLATFORM HITCH
\ HOT AT ALL TIMES < Z82 - TRAILERING EQUIPMENT

Zvw w w w vvw i

LIGHT SWITCH

LICENSE
LAMP

mam 9-.8 BRN ■ ■ u m i

©
C410
8911799

I w/< STEP BUMPER

W/0

RH LICENSE
LAMP
NUS 8 -6

(STEP BUMPER ONLY)

S404
(150-.8 BLK '

S400
9-.8 BRN i 9-.8 BRN ■• S 4 0 3
(SEE PAGE 145)
® — C D LH LICENSE
(§ } — C ID
LAMP

12052647

S402 9-.8BRN ■

12015797 12010974
(SEE PAGE 146) 150-.8 BLK I
©
C101 C409
12020099 12020348
■O-
 ts/'AVVvAAAA/VV^I
2 HOT AT ALL TIMES <
Zvvvw w w w V *

STOP/HAZ
15 AMP

STOP/TCC RH TAIL, STOP, TURN

SWITCH SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP
(OPENS/CLOSES
WHEN BRAKE
IS APPLIED)

150-.8 BLK

19-.8 DK GRN I
" P
S250 • I 1140-.8 ORN
(SEE PAGE 38)

□
TURN
SIGNAL SWITCH
E
T T
(STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES > C404
12065862

E i
. .8 WHT —

.8 DK GRN-

.8 YEL------
.8 PPI_____

.8 BRN —

.8 DK BLU •
LH TAIL, STOP, TURN
SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP
.8 LT BLU -

.8 B L K ----- V ' .
HORN jm
.8 LT GRN -----• i - IS
.8 TAN -----
KEY j S402 f?Sl
Ij s T J (SEE PAGE 146)
NORMALLY
OPEN
SWITCHES

C405
12065862

18-.8 YEL

24
18
30 19
9
K fl ■'
19-.8 DK GRN I 119-.8 DK GRN
19-.8 DK GRN J
12020099

12015797
 r~/vM/V\A^\AAA^AA/VV'^7
S HOT AT ALL TIMES <
^ v \ A / n a a / '/ v v v v v v v \ /V ^

STOP HAZ
15 AMP

?
RH TAIL, STOR TURN
SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP

119-.8 DK GRN

STOP/TCC TURN BACKUP

LAMP
SWITCH SIGNAL SWITCH
(OPENS/CLOSES
WHEN BRAKE (STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES) 150 D u
IS APPLIED)

----- *>I A
•.... i |
_ I
a
p ■.8 WHT

N □E .8 DK GRN I «_o
.8 YEL
M □ l
.8 PPL
L
Dl LH TAIL, STOR TURN
K .8 BRN
Gl SIGNAL AND BACKUP LAMP
.8 DK BLU
J DE
nr .8 LT BLU
18-.8 YEL

H DE
G I 28 .8 BLK
riN &
HORN
F | 80 .8 LT GRN
KEY ]
E I 159 .8 TAN
NORMALLY BACKUP
D □ OPEN V - " LAMP
SWITCHES

1150-.8 BLK | o i 150 mm

a* 18-.8 YEL

19-.8 DK GRN I
3
CD
00
o
i
CQ
00
©

y
C400 ES FRAME
12015797 12010974 (g) GROUND
— G400

150 STOPLAMPS
CHASSIS CAB
 TRAILER
22-5.0 WHT
FOR REMAINDER OF CIRCUITS, GROUND
SEE STOPLAMPS (PAGE 149)
BACKUP LAMPS (PAGE 143)
TURN LAMPS,
HAZARD LAMPS, AND
TAILLAMPS (PAGES 36, 38, 145)

22-5.0 WHT

C400 FRAME
12015797
GROUND
G403
BATTERY
JUNCTION
BLOCK TRAILER
TAIL AND
9-.8 BRN LICENSE LAMP

TRAILER
18-.8 YEL LH STOP AND
TURN LAMP

TRAILER
24-.8 LT GRN BACKUP LAMP

TRAILER
19-.8 DK GRN RH STOP AND
TURN LAMP

n FUSE HOLDER ASM

30 AMP FUSE

Wm
IO
I 9-.8 BRN FOR REMAINDER OF CIRCUITS,
AUXILIARY SEE STOPLAMPS (PAGE 149)
WIRE I 18-.8 YEL H BACKUP LAMPS (PAGE 143)
UJ TURN LAMPS,
cc 24-.8 LT GRN HAZARD LAMPS, AND
o
in
TAILLAMPS (PAGES 36, 38, 145)
CNI 19-.8 DK BRN

i
TRAILER OR CAMPER WIRING 151
 C115

FRONT OF
VEHICLE

(VIN K ONLY)
1. Map Sensor
2. Idle Air Stepper Motor
3. Throttle Position Sensor
4. Fuel Injectors
5. Generator
6. A/C Compressor Clutch
7. Air Diverter Solenoid Valve (VIN K)
8. ESC Module
9. EVRV Solenoid (VIN K)
10. EGR Solenoid Valve
11. ESC Sensor
12. Starter 1. Isolation Dump Valve
13. A/C Pressure Cycling Switch 12H-24 2. RWAL Module
12H-25 5F-1
1. Generator
2. Coolant Temperature Sensor
3. Ignition Coil
4. EST Module and Distributor FRONT OF
5. Oil Pressure Sender/Switch VEHICLE
6. Coolant Temperature Sender

12H-26
 S160 cm C115

FRON TOF
VEHICLE
V C 117
1. Ignition Coil
2. Fuel Injectors
3. EVRV Solenoid
4. Generator
5. A/C Compressor Clutch
6. ESC Sensor
7. Starter
8. Auxiliary Cooling Fan Switch
9. Throttle Position Sensor
10. Idle Air Control Motor
11. Map Sensor
12. ESC Module
13. A/C Pressure Cycling Switch
12H-28 G
108 FRON TOF
© G107 VEHICLE
C
112 S160 C145

C163
S126
S
110 C
142 1. EVRV Solenoid
VIEW[a] 12H-29
VIEW B 12H-29
2. Coolant Temperature Sensor
12H-29
1. Ground Strap
6Y4-1

VIN N
VIEW l~B
 12H-10

Figure 20 — Transmission Wiring — MD8 Auto Trans

C157
C116

(W/R05)

1. Oxygen Sensor
2. Transfer Case Switch
3. Output Speed Sensor
4. Input Speed Sensor
5. Vehicle Speed Sensor
12H-13
 FRONT OF
VEHICLE

1. Throttle Position Sensor

2. Cold Advance Control
3. Fast Idle Solenoid
4. Fuel Shut Off Valve
12H-36

Figure 26 — Front of Engine — 6.2L (328 CID) Diesel Engines

12A-6
 C177

FRONT OF
VEHICLE
2

1. Wiper Motor
2. Map Sensor
3. Brake Pressure Warning Switch
1. TCC/Stoplamp Switch
12H-32 12E-6
 Figure 32 — ALDL Connector

1. Cruise Control Clutch Switch

2. Neutral Start Clutch Switch
12H-57
1. TCC/Stoplamp Switch
2. Redundant Cruise Control Release Switch
12H-57

Figure 34 — Brake Switch Wiring - Cruise Control

1. Ignition Switch
2. Cruise Control Switch
3. Wiper Switch
4. Washer Switch
5. Turn Signal Lever (Connected to Switch)
12H-40
1. Ground Strap

CY4-2

Figure 37 — Engine-To-Body Ground Strap — Diesel Engines

12H-8

1. Oxygen Sensor
2. Speed Sensor
3. Backup Lamp Switch

1. Convenience Center

12H-45
 C264 or

C211

S243 S218

1. Illumination Bulbs
2. Blower Motor
3. Blower Resistor
4. Blower Switch
C183 12H-52

C263 or
C281

C211

1. Fog Lamp Switch or Rear Defogger Switch

2. Fog Lamp Relay
3. Convenience Center
C261 or C250
C279
VIEW A 12H-45
VIEW A VIEW B
 Figure 43 — A/C Controller Wiring

1. C224 — Gas W/O MT1

C296 — Gas W/MT1
C252 — LH6 Diesel
C246 — LL4 Diesel
2. ECM — Gas W/O MT1, LH6 Diesel
PCM — Gas W/MT1
TCM — LL4 Diesel W/MT1
3. C225 — Gas W/O MT1
C297 — Gas W/MT1
C253 — LH6 Diesel
C246 — LL4 Diesel

4. Hot Fuel Handling Module

L05, L19 S122, S240, S241,
5. RWAL Module S245, S255, S129, S237, S238
12H-17
 1. A/C Clutch Relay
2. Blower No. 1 Relay
3. Blower No.-2 Relay
C214 4. Blower Resistor
FRONT OF
VEHICLE C213 5. Blower Motor
6. Air Inlet Valve Motor
12H-51

Figure 45 — A/C Blower Motor Wiring

C218 C219 C220

FRONT OF
VEHICLE

S218"

C209
1. Temp Door Motor
12H-51
 12H-81

Figure 50 — Rear Lamp Wiring Chassis Cab

LG0050-CKE-RP
 C405
G400

C400

C400B

C400A C400

STANDARD
C405

G404
G400

AUXILIARY
WIRING
(CIRCUITS 2 AND 47)

C400

C400B S405, S406

S407, S400
C400A

C400

HEAVY DUTY
12H-56

Figure 55 — Heavy Duty Trailer and Camper Rear Lamp Wiring

170 COMPONENT LOCATOR VIEWS

/
 12H-86

1. LH Front Speaker
2 . Panel Dimmer Switch 1. Underhood Reel Lamp
3. Light Switch 2. Battery Junction Block
4. LH Door Jamb Switch 3. Underhood Lamp Harness
5. Hazard Flasher 4. Underhood Reel Lamp Harness
6 . Park Brake Switch
7. In-Line Diode
8 . DRL Module
9. DRL Relay
10. ALDL Connector
11. Fuse Block
1. Ignition Coil
2. EST Distributor
LC0058-CK-E-RP
1 C453
C287 O C454
C236 ...... 4

FRONT OF
VEHICLE

1. Door Jamb Switches

Radio Control Head
2. l/P Compartment Box Lamp
Rear Speakers
3. Ashtray Lamp
3. Front Speaker
4. Cargo Lamp Switch
4. Radio Receiver
5. Courtesy Lamps
5. Graphic Equalizer
6. Dome Lamp
6. Cassette Deck
7. Cargo Lamp

12L-4
12H-49 12L-2

C408

C244

FRONT OF C246 C247

VEHICLE C248
VIEW A VIEW B VIEW A VIEW B
 C501 (LH)
C601 (RH)

C505 (LH)
C604 (RH)

VIEW [ a ]

C504 (LH)
C603 (RH)

C503 C502 (LH)

C602 (RH)

1. Power Window Motor

2. Power Door Lock Switch
3. Power Window Switches
4. Power Door Lock Motor

LC0062-CK-E-RP
 12A-2

12H-88

G100

5.7L (350 CID)

VIEW [A] VIEW [ a ]
FRONT OF
VEHICLE

12H-83

Figure 68 —■Body-To-Frame Ground Strap Figure 70 — Transmission Wiring — MT1 Transmission

FRONT OF
VEHICLE

1. Auxiliary Fan
7.4L (454 CID) Temperature Switch 5.7L (350 CID)
6K1-C9
Figure 72 — Oxygen Sensor — 5.0L (305 CID), 5.7L (350 CID) and 7.4L (454 CID) Gasoline Engines

FRONT OF
VEHICLE

1. Horn

12J-C1 VIEW |~A]

 C200

S242 I S251

0 VIEW [ a ]

C243

1. Convenience Center
2. Roof Marker Lamp
1. Door Jamb Switch
2. Front Speaker 3. Horn Relay
3. Cigar Lighter 4. Turn Signal Relay

12H-37 12H-96
VIEW B
 C333

FRONT OF
VEHICLE

1. Dome Lamp
2. Convenience Center

12H-92 12H-90

Figure 78 — Cargo Lamp Wiring

 C241

1. Cargo Lamp Switch

 C404

LONGBED
FLEETSIDE

C401 Figure 82 — License Lamp with Platform Hitch

SHORTBED
FLEETSIDE

1. License Lamps
 COMPONENT LOCATOR INDEX

COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure

A/C Clutch Relay........................................... Behind RH side of l/R on top of p le nu m ............................ 167 45 Cold Advance C o n tro l.................................. Top LH side of engine, above valve cover ..........................160 26
A/C Compressor Clutch (VIN C) (VIN J ) . . . RH front of engine................................................................ 159 22 Cold Advance Relay .................................... RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover ................... 155 12
A/C Compressor Clutch (VIN H) (VIN K) . . RH front of engine................................................. ........... 15? 1 Convenience C e n te r.................................... Behind LH side of l/R left of steering co lu m n ..................... 162 31
A/C Compressor Clutch (VIN N ) ................. RH front of engine................................................................ 154 7 165 40
A/C Compressor Clutch (VIN Z ) ................. RH front of e ng in e ................................................................ 170 46 175 67
A/C Compressor Clutch Diode (VIN H) 178 76
(VIN K) ....................................................... RH front of engine, in A/C compressor co n n e cto r........... 15? 1 179 77, 78
A/C Compressor Clutch Diode (VIN N) RH front of engine, in A/C compressor co n n e cto r........... 154 7 Coolant Temperature Sensor (VIN H)
A/C Compressor Clutch Diode (VIN Z) . . . . RH front of engine, in A/C compressor co n n e c to r........... 170 56 (VIN K) ....................................................... RH front of engine, at front of valve c o v e r ..........................153 4
A/C C o n troller............................................... Front center of l / P ................................................................ 166 43 Coolant Temperature Sensor (VIN Z ) ......... LH front of engine, at coolant o u tle t.................................... 156 13
A/C Pressure Cycling Switch ..................... RH rear of engine, on A/C accum ulator............................ 166 43 Coolant Temperature Sensor (VIN N ) ........ Top LH side of e n g in e ........................................................... 154 8
159 20 Coolant Temperature Sensor (VIN C)
152 1 (VIN J ) ......................................................... LH side of engine ................................................................. 160 25
154 7 Coolant Temperature Sensor (VIN H)
Air Diverter Solenoid Valve (VIN H) (VIN K) RH front of engine................................................................ 15? 1 (VIN K) ....................................................... RH side of engine below exhaust manifold ....................... 153 4
Air Inlet Valve Motor .................................... Behind RH side of l/R on p le n u m ...................................... 167 45 Coolant Temperature Sensor (VIN N ) ........ LH side of engine ................................................................. 154 8
Antilock Module ........................................... Mounted on brake master c y lin d e r.................................... 15? 3 Coolant Temperature Sensor (VIN Z ) ......... LH side of engine ................................................................. 156 13
Ashtray Lamp ............................................... Center of l/R above ashtray ............................................... 173 62 Courtesy Lamp, L H ...................................... Lower LH side of l / P ............................................................. 172 62
Assembly Line Diagnostic Link (ALDL) Courtesy Lamp, RH .................................... Lower RH side of l/ P ............................................................. 173 62
C o n n e c to r................................................... Behind LH side of l/R left of steering co lu m n ................... 16? 32 Cruise Control Clutch S w itc h ..................... Behind LH side of l/R on clutch pedal support ................. 162 33
171 57 Cruise Control Module ................................ LH front of cowl, near brake booster .................................. 152 2
Auxiliary B a tte ry ........................................... LH front of engine com partm ent........................................ 153 5 Cruise Control S w itc h .................................. Part of turn signal lever......................................................... 163 35
175 67 Daytime Running Lamp M o d u le ................. Behind LH side of l/P ........................................................... 170 57
Auxiliary Battery R e la y ................................ Inside LH fender, near windshield washer container 153 5 Daytime Running Lamp Relay ................... Behind LH side of l/P ........................................................... 170 57
175 69 Dome Lamp ................................................. Rear center of roof ............................................................... 179 77
Auxiliary Cooling Fan .................................. Front of vehicle, inside engine compartment ................... 17? 61 Door Lock M o to rs ........................................ In lower center of each d o o r .................................................174 64
Auxiliary Cooling Fan Relay ....................... On LH front fender, near front of cowl .............................. 155 11 Door Lock Switches .................................... On lower front of each door .................................................174 64
Auxiliary Cooling Fan Switch ..................... RH side of engine, above exhaust m a n ifold ..................... . 154 7 EGR Dump Solenoid V alve.......................... LH top of engine, near LH valve c o v e r................................160 25
176 71 EGR Pulse Solenoid V a lv e .......................... LH top of engine, near LH valve c o v e r................................160 25
Backup Lamp Switch (Automatic)............... Top of steering column, under l/ P ...................................... 157 17,18 EGR Solenoid V a lv e .................................... LH top of engine, near LH valve c o v e r................................160 25
164 38 EGR Valve Solenoid (VIN H) (VIN K) ......... RH side of engine, above valve cover ................................152 1
176 69 EGR Valve Solenoid (VIN Z ) ....................... Top of engine, RH side .........................................................170 56
Backup Lamp Switch (M anual)................... LH rear of engine, at transmission a ssem bly................... 153 6 Electronic Control Module (ECM),
B atte ry............................................................ RH front of engine compartment ...................................... 167 45 (PCM), (TC M )............................................. Behind RH side of l/R above blower motor ....................... 166 44
Battery Junction Block ................................ RH cowl panel, in engine com partm ent............................ 153 6 ESC Module (ViN H) (VIN K) ..................... RH side of engine, above valve cover ................................152 1
155 12 ESC Module (VIN N ) .................................... RH side of engine, above valve cover ................................154 7
157 16 ESC Sensor (VIN H) (VIN K) ..................... RH side of engine, below exhaust m a n ifo ld ....................... 152 1
171 58 ESC Sensor (VIN N ) .................................... RH side of engine, below exhaust m a n ifo ld ....................... 154 7
175 67 ESC Sensor (VIN Z ) ................... ................ RH side of engine, above valve cover ................................156 13
Blower M o to r................................................. Behind RH side of l/R below cowl .................................... 165 41 170 56
167 45 Electronic Spark Timing Distributor (VIN H)
Blower Relays, No. 1 and No. 2 ................. On evaporator case ............................................................ 167 45 (VIN K) ....................................................... Top rear of e n g in e ................................................................. 153 4
Blower R esistors........................................... Behind RH side of l/R on top of plenum ............................ 165 41 Electronic Spark Timing Distributor (VIN N) Top rear of e n g in e ................................................................. 154 8
Blower S w itc h ............................................... l/R RH s id e .......................................................................... 165 41 Electronic Spark Timing Distributor (VIN Z) Top rear of e n g in e ................................................................. 156 13
Brake Pressure Warning Switch (Diesel) .. Mounted on brake master c y lin d e r.................................... 161 28 Electronic Vacuum Regulator Valve (VIN K) RH side of engine, above valve cover ................................ 152 1
Brake Pressure Warning Switch (Gasoline) Mounted on brake master c y lin d e r.................................... 158 19 Electronic Vacuum Regulator Valve (VIN N) RH side of engine, above valve cover ................................154 7, 9
Camper and Trailer H arness....................... LH frame r a i l ........................................................................ 180 80 End Gate L a m p s........................................... Upper rear of end g a te ......................................................... 169 54
Cargo Lamp ................................................. Rear center outside roof p a n e l........................................... 173 62 Engine Speed S e n so r.................................. Top rear of e n g in e ................................................................. 160 25
Cargo Lamp Switch .................................... Front LH side of l/ P .............................................................. 173 62 EGR Solenoid V a lv e .................................... LH top of engine, near LH valve c o v e r................................ 160 25
180 79 Fast Idle S o le n o id ........................................ Top LH side of engine, above valve cover ..........................160 26
Cassette Deck/Graphic Equalizer ............. Center of l/P ........................................................................ 173 63 Fast Idle Temperature Switch ..................... RH side of e n g in e ................................................................. 159 22
Cigar L ig h te r................................................. LH side of l/R right side of a s h tra y .................................... 178 75 Fog Lamp Relay .......................................... LH side of c o w l......................................................................165 40
Clearance Lamp, LH F ro n t......................... LH front of rear fe n d e r......................................................... 174 65 Fog Lamp Switch ........................................ RH side of l / P ........................................................................165 40
Clearance Lamp, LH Rear .......................... LH rear of rear fe n d e r......................................................... 174 65 Fog Lamp, L H ............................................... LH front of vehicle................................................................. 172 60
Clearance Lamp, RH F ro n t.......................... RH front of rear fender ....................................................... 174 65 Four-Wheel Drive Indicator L a m p ............... LH side of floor console .......................................................162 31
Clearance Lamp, RH R e a r.......................... RH rear of rear fe n d e r......................................................... 174 65 Front Axle A c tu a to r...................................... Front of engine, at RH side of differential case ................. 156 14
Coil A ssem bly............................................... RH top of engine, near electronic spark timing distributor . 153 4 Front Axle Switch ........................................ Front of engine, near differential case ................................ 156 14
156 13 Fuel Filter A s s e m b ly.................................... Top RH side of engine...........................................................159 23
172 59 Fuel H e a te r................................................... Top RH side of engine, in filter assem bly............................159 23
 Page - Figure COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure
Fuel Injectors (VIN H) (VIN K ) ................... Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y ........... 15? 1 Low Coolant P ro b e ...................................... RH rear of engine compartment, inside coolant reservoir . 161 29
Fuel Injectors (VIN N) ............................... Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y ........... . 154 7 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
Fuel Injectors (VIN Z) ............................... Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y ........... 170 56 (VINC) ....................................................... LH front of cowl, near wiper m o to r...................................... 161 28
Fuel Pump (Diesel) ................................... Below rear of engine, on LH frame r a il........ . 169 52 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
Fuel Pump Oil Pressure Switch (VIN H) (VIN H) (VIN K ) ........................................... RH side of engine, above valve cover ................................ 152 1
(VIN K) ..................................................... LH rear of engine, under exhaust manifold . 153 4 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
Fuel Pump Oil Pressure Switch (VIN N) .. LH side of engine, under exhaust manifold . 154 8 (VIN N) ....................................................... RH rear of engine, above valve cover ................................154 7
Fuel Pump Oil Pressure Switch (VIN Z) .. LH rear of engine, under exhaust manifold . 156 13 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (VIN Z) RH side of engine, above valve cover ................................ 170 56
Fuel Pump R e la y........................................ RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover 155 12 Mode Door Motor ........................................ Behind RH side of l/R on p le n u m ........................................ 156 43
157 16 Neutral Start Clutch Switch ....................... Below LH side of l/R on clutch pedal support ................... 162 33
Fuel Sender and P u m p ............................. On LH side of middle frame, in fuel tank . .. 169 53 Oil Pressure Sender (VIN H) (VIN K) ........ LH rear of engine .................................................................. 153 4
Fuel Shutoff V a lv e ...................................... Top LH side of engine, above LH valve cover 160 26 Oil Pressure Sender (VIN N) ..................... LH side of engine, under exhaust manifold ....................... 154 8
Fuel Tank Sender (D iesel)......................... In fuel tank ..................................................... 169 52 177 73
Fuse Block ................................................ Behind LH side of l/R above kick panel . . . . 171 57 Oil Pressure Sender (VIN Z ) ....................... LH rear of engine ..................................................................156 13
Fuse H older................................................ RH front of cowl, near junction b lo c k ........... 155 12 Oil Pressure Sender/Switch (VIN C) (VIN J) LH rear of engine .................................................................. 160 25
Fusible Link A ............................................ RH front of cowl at junction b lo c k ................. 157 16 Output Speed S e n s o r.................................. LH side of transmission ....................................................... 176 70
Generator (VIN C) (VIN J ) ......................... Upper LH front of engine .............................. 160 25 Oxygen Sensor ............................................. In exhaust m anifold................................................................157 17
Generator (VIN H) (VIN K) ....................... Upper LH front of engine .............................. 15? 1 158 19
153 4 164 39
176 69
Generator (VIN N ) ........................................ Upper LH front of engine 154 7 ,8 177 75
Generator (VIN Z ) ........................................ Upper LH front of engine 156 13 Panel Dimmer Switch .................................. LH side of l/P ........................................................................ 171 57
170 56 Park Brake S w itch ........................................ Below LH side of l/R on top of park brake a sse m b ly.........171 57
Glow Plug C ontroller................................... Top RH side of engine, above valve cover . 159 24 Radio Control Head .................................... Left center of l / P .................................................................... 171 63
Glow Plugs .................................................. Above exhaust manifolds, at each cylinder 159 22 Radio Receiver (F M ).................................... Behind LH side of l/R near steering co lu m n ....................... 171 63
160 25 Rear Defogger S w itch .................................. LH side of l/R right of steering c o lu m n ................................ 165 40
Hazard F la s h e r............................................ ..Behind LH side of l/R near LH s h ro u d ......... 171 57 Rear Wheel Antilock Brake Module ........... Mounted on brake master c y lin d e r...................................... 152 2, 3
Headlamp Dimmer Switch ...........................LH side of l/R on steering column ................ 163 36 Redundant Cruise Control Release Switch Behind LH side of l/R on clutch pedal support ................. 163 34
Heater L a m p s .............................................. ..Behind RH side of l / P ..................................... 165 41 Roof Marker Lamps .................................... Front roof of c a b .................................................................... 178 76
High Blower R elay..........................................Behind RH side of l/R on top of plenum . . . . 167 49 Safety Belt Retractor S w itc h ....................... Under driver’s seat, on floor p a n e l...................................... 166 42
Horn Relay .................................................. ..Below LH side of l/R at convenience center . 178 76 Speaker, LH F ro n t........................................ Under top LH side of l / P ....................................................... 171 57
Horn Switch ................................................ Top of steering column, in steering wheel .. 168 48 173 62
Horn, L H .........................................................LH side of radiator support, below headlamp 167 47 Speaker, LH Rear ........................................ Upper LH rear of cab ............................................................ 173 62
Horn, R H .........................................................Front of center radiator support .................... 167 47 Speaker, RH F ro n t........................................ Upper top RH side of l/P ..................................................... 178 75
177 74 Speaker, RH R e a r........................................ Upper RH rear of c a b ........................................................... 173 62
Hot Fuel Handling Module ..........................Behind RH side of l/R above blower motor .. 166 44 Speed Sensor ............................................... LH side of transmission ....................................................... 157 17, 18
I/P Compartment Lamp ............................. .RH side of l/R left of l/P compartment box .. . 173 62 164 39
Idle Air Control Stepper Motor (VIN H) Starter Assembly (VIN C) (VIN J ) ............... Lower RH side of engine....................................................... 159 22
(VIN K) ........................................................RH rear of engine, near RH valve cover . . . . 15? 1 Starter Assembly (VIN K) (VIN H ) ............... Lower RH side of engine....................................................... 152 1
Idle Air Control Stepper Motor (VIN N) . . . . RH rear of engine, near RH valve cover . . . . 154 7 153 6
Idle Air Control Stepper Motor (VIN Z) . . . . RH rear of engine, near RH valve c o v e r.......... 170 56 Starter Assembly (VIN N ) ............................ Lower RH side of engine....................................................... 153 6
Ignition Switch ............................................ .RH side of steering column ............................. 163 35, 36 Starter Assembly (VIN Z) ............................ Lower RH side of engine....................................................... 153 6
Illumination Lamp, 4WD S w itc h ..................LH side of floor console ................................... 16? 31 170 56
In-Line D io d e .................................................Below LH side of l/R near convenience center 171 57 TCC/Stoplamp Switch ................................ Below LH side of l/R on brake pedal support a r m .............161 30
In-Line Fuse ................................................ .RH cowl panel, near junction block ................ 155 12 163 34
157 16 Temperature Door M o to r.............................. Behind RH side of l/R on p le n u m ........................................ 167 46
Input Speed Sensor ................................... LH side of transmission 176 70 Throttle Position Sensor (VIN C) ............... LH side of engine .................................................................. 160 26
Interior Lamps S w itc h ................................. Front LH side of l/P .. . 171 57 Throttle Position Sensor (VIN H) (VIN K) . . Center RH side of engine, near throttle body injector . . . . 152 1
Jamb Switch, LH ........................................ LH end of l / P ............... 171 57 Throttle Position Sensor (VIN N) ............... Center RH side of e n g in e ..................................................... 154 7
173 62 Throttle Position Sensor (VIN Z ) ................. Center RH side of engine, near throttle body injector . . . . 170 56
Jamb Switch, RH ..........................................RH end of l/P .......................................................... 173 62 Transfer Case Relay .................................... RH front of cowl ....................................................................155 12
License Lamp, LH ...................................... ..Left center of rear bumper ..................................... 181 81, 82 Transfer Case Switch .................................. Rear of engine, at transfer c a s e .......................................... 157 17
License Lamp, RH ........................................Right center of rear bumper ................................... 181 81, 82 158 21
Light Switch ................................................ ..Front LH side of l / P ................................................. 171 57 Turn Signal Switch ...................................... LH side of steering co lu m n ................................................... 163 35
Low Blower R e la y ..........................................Behind RH side of l/R on top of p le nu m ............... 167 49 Underhood Lamp ........................................ RH rear underside of h o o d ...................................................155 12
Low Coolant M o d u le ................................... ..Rear of engine compartment, center front of cowl 161 29 Underhood Reel Lamp ................................ RH inner fe n d e r...................................................................... 171 58
C O M P O N E N T LO C A TIO N Page — Figure C O M P O N E N T LO C A TIO N Page — Figi

Vehicle Speed Sensor ..................... ........ Mounted on transmission ................................................... 176 69 C116..................................................... .........At EGO sensor ...................................................................... 158 19
176 70 164 39
Washer P u m p .................................... ........ Above LH wheelhouse, in washer fluid front reservoir .. . . 156 15 176 69
Washer Switch .................................. ........ Part of turn signal le v e r....................................................... 163 35 177 72
Water-ln-Fuel Sensor (D iesel)........... ........ Top RH side of engine, at filter a ssem bly............................ 159 23 C116 (W/MT1 Trans) ......................... ......... RH exhaust p ip e ................................................................. 157 17
Window M o to rs .................................. ........ At rear of each door .............................................................. 174 64 158 20
Window Switches .............................. .........On each door ......................................................................... 174 64 C117 (VIN C) (VIN J ) ......................... .........Wiring harness, top LH side of e n g in e ................................ 160 25
Wiper Motor (D iese l).......................... ........ Engine compartment, LH front of c o w l.............................. 161 28 C117 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ......................... .........Center RH side of engine, near throttle body injector . . . . 151 1
Wiper Motor (G asoline)..................... ......... Engine compartment, LH front of c o w l.............................. 158 19 C117 (VIN N) ...................................... .........Center RH side of engine, near throttle body injector . . . . 154 7
Wiper S w itc h ...................................... ........ LH side of steering co lu m n ................................................. 163 35 C117 (VIN Z) ...................................... .........Center RH side of engine, near throttle body injector . .. . 170 56
C100 ................................................... ........ Engine compartment, on LH front of cowl ....................... 155 11 C118 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ......................... .........Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y ................................... 15? 1
156 15 C118 (VIN N) ...................................... .........Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y ................................... 154 7
158 19 C118 (VIN Z) ...................................... .........Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y ................................... 170 56
161 28 C119 (VIN K) (VIN N ) ......................... ......... Behind RH side of l / P ......................................................... 166 44
C101 ................................................... ........ Engine compartment, on LH front of cowl ....................... 156 15 C120 ................................................... ......... RH front of cowl, near junction b lo c k ................................ 155 12
C102 ................................................... ........ Engine compartment, on LH front of cowl ....................... 156 15 C121 ............................................................................................................... ........ Top rear of e n g in e .................................................................. 160 25
167 47 C123 ................................................... .........Top LH side of engine, above valve cover, at shutoff valve 160 26
C103 ................................................... ........ RH front of engine compartment ...................................... 167 47 C124 ................................................... .........Top LH side of engine, above valve cover, at solenoid . . . . 160 26
177 74 C126 ................................................... ................... Top RH side of engine, at filter assem bly .............................................................. 159 23
C104 ................................................... ........ LH front of engine com partm ent........................................ 167 47 C127 ................................................... .........Top RH side of engine, at filter assem bly............................ 159 23
177 74 C128 ................................................... ........ RH side of e n g in e .................................................... .......... 159 22
C105 ................................................... ........ RH front of engine compartment ...................................... 167 47 C129 ................................................... ........ Top LH side of engine, above valve cover ......................................................... 160 26
177 74 C132 ............................................................................................................... ................... RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover ................. 157 16
C106 ............................................................................................................... ................... LH front turn/park lamp assembly ............................................................................... 167 47 C133 (VIN H) (VIN K) ....................... ................... RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r................................ .... 15? 1
177 74 C133 (VIN Z ) ...................................... ......... RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r.................................. 156 13
C107 ................................................... ........ LH turn, park la m p .............................................................. 167 47 170 56
177 74 C134 (VIN N ) ...................................... ........ RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r.................................. 154 7
C108 ............................................................................................................... ................... RH turn, park la m p ...................................................................................................................................... 167 47 C136 ............................................................................................................... ........ RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover ...................................... 157 16
177 74 C138 ................................................... ................... LH side of cowl p a n e l ............................................................................................................................ 167 47
C109 (VIN C) (VIN J ) ......................... ................... Upper LH front of engine, at generator.............................. 160 25 C139 ............................................................................................................... ........ Wiring harness, front of vehicle ........................................... 17? 61
C109 (VIN H) (VIN K) ....................... ................... Upper LH front of engine, at generator ................................................................. 158 4 C140 ............................................................................................................... ................... Wiring harness, RH side of engine ..................................................................................... 154 7
C109 (VIN N ) ................................................................................... ................... Upper LH front of engine at generator ................................................................. 154 8 176 71
C109 (VIN 2 ) ................................................................................... ................... Upper LH front of engine, at generator ................................................................. 156 13 C141 ............................................................................................................... ................... Wiring harness, LH rear of engine com partm ent .................................. 155 11
C110 (VIN C) (VIN J ) ........................................................ ................... RH rear of engine, on A/C accum ulator ............................................................ 159 22 C142 (VIN C) (VIN J ) ....................................................... ................... LH front of cowl, near wiper m o to r ............................................................................... 161 28
C110 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ........................................................ ................... RH rear of engine, on A/C accum ulator ............................................................ 158 1 C142 (VIN H) (VIN K) ................................................... ................... RH side of engine, above valve cover ................................................................. 15? 1
C110 (VIN N) ................................................................................... ................... RH rear of engine, on A/C accum ulator ............................................................ 154 9 C142 (VIN N ) ................................................................................... ................... RH rear of engine, above valve cover ................................................................. 154 7
C111 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ........................................................ ................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark C142 (VIN Z ) ................................................................................... ................... RH side of engine, above valve cover ................................................................. 170 56
timing d istrib u to r .......................................................................................................................................... 153 4 C143 (VIN C) (VIN J ) ........................................................ ................... Top RH front of engine ............................................................................................................................. 160 25
C111 (VIN N) ................................................................................... ................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark C144 (VIN H) (VIN K) ................................................... ................... Lower RH side of engine ................................................................................................................... 15? 1
timing d istrib uto r .......................................................................................................................................... 154 7 C144 (VIN Z ) ................................................................................... ................... LH rear of engine .......................................................................................................................................... 156 13
cm (v in z) ................................................................................... ................... LH rear of engine, near electronic spark timing distributor 156 3 C145 (VIN H) (VIN K) ................................................... ................... RH side of engine, above valve cover ................................................................. 15? 1
C112 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ........................................................ ................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark C145 (VIN N) ................................................................................... ................... RH side of engine, above valve cover ................................................................. 154 7
timing distrib uto r .......................................................................................................................................... 153 4 C145 (VIN Z ) ................................................................................... ................... RH side of engine, above valve cover ................................................................. 156 13
C112 (VIN N) ................................................................................... ................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark C147 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ....................................................... ................... RH side of engine, above valve cover ................................................................. 15? 1
timing distrib uto r .......................................................................................................................................... 154 7 C147 (VIN Z) ................................................................................... ................... Top of engine, RH side .............................................................................................................................. 170 56
C112 (VIN Z) ................................................................................... ................... LH rear of engine, near electronic spark timing distributor 155 13 C148 (VIN H) (VIN K) ................................................... ................... RH front of engine .......................................................................................................................................... 15? 1
C113 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ........................................................ ................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark C149 (VIN K ) ................................................................................... ................... Wiring harness, RH side of engine ..................................................................................... 15? 1
timing distrib uto r .......................................................................................................................................... 153 4 C149 (VIN N ) ................................................................................... ................... Wiring harness, RH side of engine ..................................................................................... 154 7
C113 (VIN N) ................................................................................... ................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark C150 ............................................................................................................... ................... LH rear of transfer case, at speed s e n s o r ................................................... 158 20, 21
timing distrib uto r .......................................................................................................................................... 154 8 164 39
C113 (VIN Z) ................................................................................... ................... LH rear of engine, near electronic spark timing distributor 156 13 176 69
C114 ................................................................................................................... ................... RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover ..................................... 157 16 C152 ............................................................................................................... ................... LH side of MD 8 transmission ............................................................................................. 158 20
C115 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ........................................................ ................... Top center of engine in throttle body ........................................................................... 15? 1 C153 ............................................................................................................... ...................Wiring harness, LH side of e n g in e ..................................................................................... 160 25
C115 (VIN N) ................................................................................... ................... Top center of engine in throttle body ........................................................................... 154 7 C154 ............................................................................................................... ................... Wiring harness, LH side of e n g in e ..................................................................................... 160 25
C115 (VIN Z) ................................................................................... ................... Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y ........................................................................... 170 56 C155 ............................................................................................................... ................... Wiring harness, LH side of e n g in e ..................................................................................... 160 25
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure
C157 ................................................... ........ At output speed se n so r.......................................................... . 158 21 C195 ................................................... .........At glow plug controller .................................................... . . . . 159 24
176 70 160 25
C159 ................................................... ........ LH front of cowl, at RWAL m o d u le .................................... . 152 3 C198 ................................................... ........ LH side of radiator support, below headlam p............. . . . . 167 47
158 19 C199 ................................................... ........ LH side of transmission ............................................... . . . . 158 21
171 58 176 70
C162 (VIN C) (VIN J ) ......................... ........ RH front of engine, at A/C compressor ............................ . 159 22 C200 ................................................... ........ At l/P c lu s te r..................................................................... . . . . 178 75
C162 (VIN H) (VIN K) ....................... ........ RH front of engine, at A/C compressor ............................ . 152 1 C202 ................................................... ........ Below LH side of l/R at clutch neutral start switch .. . . . . . 171 57
C162 (VIN N ) ...................................... ........ RH front of engine, at A/C compressor ............................ . 154 7 C204 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R at headlamp switch ................. ___ 171 57
C162 (VIN Z ) ...................................... ........ RH front of engine, at A/C compressor ............................ . 170 56 C205 ................................................... ........ LH side of l/R on steering column .............................. . . . . 163 36
C163 (VIN C) (VIN J ) ......................... ........ RH front of engine, at A/C compressor ............................ 159 22 C206 ................................................... ......... Behind l/R on LH side of steering column ................. . . . . 163 35
160 25 C207 ................................................... ......... Behind LH side of l/R near LH shroud ....................... ........ 171 57
C163 (VIN H) (VIN K) ....................... ........ RH front of engine, near A/C compressor ........................ . 153 4 C208 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/P ................................................... ........ 171 57
C163 (VIN N ) ...................................... ........ RH front of engine, at A/C compressor ............................ . 154 9 C209 ................................................... ........ Behind center of l/P ..................................................... . . . . 165 41
C163 (VIN Z ) ...................................... ........ RH front of engine, at A/C compressor ............................ . 170 56 166 43
C164 (D iesel)...................................... ........ LH front of cowl, at brake master cylinder ....................... 161 28 167 46
C164 (Gasoline).................................. ........ LH front of cowl, at brake master c y lin d e r....................... . 158 19 178 75
C165 (D iesel)...................................... ........ RH rear of engine compartment, inside coolant reservoir . 161 29 C210 ................................................... ........ Behind RH side of l / P ................................................... . . . . 165 41
C166 (D iesel)...................................... ........ RH rear of e n g in e ................................................................ . 159 22 C211 ................................................... ........ Behind RH side of l / P ................................................... . . . . 165 41
C167 (VIN H) (VIN K) ....................... ........ LH rear of engine ................................................................ . 152 4 C212 ................................................... ........ Behind RH side of l/R on top of p le nu m ..................... . . . . 165 41
C167 (VIN N ) ...................................... ........ LH side of engine, under exhaust manifold ..................... . 154 8 C213 ................................................... ........ Below RH side of l/R at blower m o to r.......................... . . . . 165 41
177 73 167 45
C167 (VIN Z ) ...................................... ........ LH rear of engine ................................................................ 156 13 C214 .................................................... ........ Below RH side of l/R at blower m o to r.......................... . . . . 165 41
C168 ................................................... ........ LH rear of engine ................................................................ . 160 25 167 45
C169 (VIN H) (VIN K) ....................... ........ LH side of engine ................................................................ . 153 4 C215 ................................................... ......... Behind RH side of l/R on p le n u m ................................ . . . . 166 43
C169 (VIN N ) ...................................... ........ LH side of engine ................................................................ . 154 8 C216 ................................................... ........ Behind RH side of l/R on p le n u m ................................ . . . . 167 46
C169 (VIN Z ) ...................................... ........ LH side of engine ................................................................ . 156 13 C217 ................................................... ......... Below RH side of l/R near blower motor ................... . . . . 167 45
C171 ................................................... ........ Rear of engine, at transmission a s s e m b ly ........................ . 162 31 C218 ................................................... ........ Behind RH side of l/R on top of p le nu m ..................... . . . . 167 45, 46
C172 ................................................... ........ LH front of transfer c a s e ..................................................... . 159 17 C219 ................................................... ........ Behind RH side of l/R on top of p le nu m ..................... ___ 167 45, 46
158 20 C220 ................................................... ........ Behind RH side of l/R on top of p le nu m ..................... . . . . 167 45, 46
C173 ................................................... ........ LH side of engine compartment, at front axle ................. . 156 14 C221 ................................................... ........ Behind RH side of l/R on top of p le nu m ..................... ___ 167 45, 46
C174 ................................................... ........ LH side of engine compartment, at front axle ................. . 156 14 C222 ................................................... ......... Behind center of l/R at A/C controller.......................... . . . . 166 43
C175 ................................................... ........ LH side of transmission ..................................................... 157 17 167 46
C176 ................................................... ........ Above LH wheelhouse, in washer fluid front reservoir . . . . 156 15 C223 ................................................... ........ Below RH side ofl/R near blower m o to r..................... . . . . 166 44
167 47 C224 ................................................... .........At ECM ............................................................................. . . . . 166 44
C177 (D iesel)...................................... ........ Engine compartment, LH front of c o w l.............................. 161 28 C225 ................................................... ........ At ECM ............................................................................. . . . . 166 44
C177 (Gasoline).................................. ........ Engine compartment, LH front of c o w l.............................. 158 19
C178 ................................................... ........ LH front of cowl, near brake booster ................................ . 164 38 C226 ................................................... ........ Below LH side of l/R on top park brake assembly . . . ........ 171 57
C179 ................................................... ........ At transmission assem bly...................................................... . 157 17, 18 C228 ................................................... .........At convenience center .................................................... ___ 175 67
164 39 C231 ................................................... ......... Behind LH side of l/R left of steering c o lu m n ............. . . . . 179 77
176 69 C232 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R left of steering c o lu m n ............. . . . . 173 62
C180 ........ . ........................................ ........ Front LH side marker la m p ................................................. 167 47 C233 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R left of steering c o lu m n ............. . . . . 173 62
C181 ................................................... ........ Front RH side marker la m p ................................................. 167 47 C234 ................................................... ........ At convenience center .................................................... ___ 175 67
C182 ................................................... ........ LH side of transmission ..................................................... . 158 21 C235 ................................................... ........ Lower RH side of l/ P ..................................................... . . . . 173 62
C183 ................................................... ........ Engine compartment, on LH front of cowl ....................... . 165 40 C236 ................................................... ......... RH side of l/R left of l/P compartment b o x ................. . . . . 173 62
167 47 C237 ................................................... ........ LH side of l/R above ashtray ...................................... . . . . 173 62
C185 ................................................... ........ Rear of transfer case .......................................................... 157 17 C238 ................................................... ........ At seat belt buckle .......................................................... . . . . 166 42
158 21 173 62
C186 ................................................... ........ RH front of engine compartment ...................................... . 167 47 C239 ............................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R left of steering c o lu m n ............. . . . . 173 62
171 58 179 78
C187 ................................................... ........ LH side of transmission ..................................................... . 158 21 180 79
C188 ................................................... ........ RH front of engine compartment ...................................... . 172 60 C240 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R near convenience c e n te r......... . . . . 173 62
C189 ................................................... ........ LH front of engine com partm ent......................................... . 167 47 180 79
172 60 C241 ................................................... ........ Front LH side of l/ P ....................................................... . . . . 173 62
C192 ................................................... ........ Top of engine, at EST distributor ......................................... . 154 8 C242 ................................................... ........ Under top RH side of l/P ............................................. . . . . 173 63
172 59 C243 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R near steering column ............. . . . . 173 63
C193 ................................................... ........ Top of engine, at EST distributor ......................................... . 172 59 178 75
C194 ................................................... . ___At horn .................................................................................... . 177 74 C244 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R near steering column ..................... 173 63
178 75
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figu
C245 ................................................... ......... Under top LH side of l / P ............................................... ___ 171 57 C295 ............................................................ At PCM ............................................................................
. . . 166 44
173 63 C296 ............................................................ . . . 166
At PCM ............................................................................ 44
C246 ................................................... .........At TCM ............................................................................. . . . . 166 44 C297 ............................................................ . . . 166
At ECM ............................................................................ 44
173 63 C300 ............................................................ Below RH side of l/R at RH shroud .............................. . . . 168 48
C247 ................................................... ......... Behind LH side of l/R near steering column ............. . . . . 173 63 C301 ............................................................ Below LH side of l/R at LH s h ro u d ................................ . . . 168 48
C248 ................................................... ......... Behind LH side of l/R near steering co lu m n ............... . . . . 161 29 C302 ............................................................ Below RH side of l/R at RH shroud .............................. . . . 168 48
173 63 C303 ............................................................ Below LH side of l/R at LH s h ro u d ................................ . . . 168 48
178 5 C310 ............................................................ Behind LH side of l/R at convenience c e n te r............... . . . 162 31
C249 ................................................... ........ LH side of l/R right side of ashtray .............................. . . . . 178 75 C328 ............................................................ Under driver’s seat, on floor p a n e l................................ . . . 166 42
C250 ................................................... ........ Behind RH side of l / P ................................................... ___ 165 41 C329 ............................................................ LH side of floor console ................................................. . . . 162 31
C251 ................................................... ......... Behind LH side of l/R at radio receiver....................... . . . . 178 75 C333 ............................................................ At dome lamp ................................................................. . . . 179 77
C252 ................................................... .........At ECM ............................................................................. . . . . 166 44 C334 ............................................................ Inside center of cab ro o f................................................. ...173 62
C253 ................................................... ........ At ECM ............................................................................. . . . . 166 44 C365 ............................................................ RH side cowl p a n e l......................................................... . . . 168 48
C255 ................................................... ........ LH side of steering c o lu m n ................................ .. . . . . 163 35 C400 (Except Chassis C a b ) ..................... LH rear of truck, at inner side of frame ....................... . . . 168 51
C256 ................................................... ......... LH side of steering c o lu m n ........................................... . . . . 163 35 170 55
C258 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R left of steering column to 181 83
convenience c e n te r..................................................... . . . . 168 48 C400 (With Chassis Cab), C400A, C400B LH rear of truck, at inner side of frame ....................... . . . 168 50
C259 ................................................... ......... Behind LH side of l/R left of steering column to C401 ............................................................ LH rear of truck, at rear crossmember.......................... . . . 168 51
convenience c e n te r..................................................... ___ 168 48 181 81, 82
C260 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l / P ................................................... ___ 168 49 181 83
C261 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R at convenience c e n te r............. ___ 165 40 C403 ............................................................ Rear of truck, under ta ilg a te .......................................... . . . 169 54
C262 ................................................... ......... Behind LH side of l/R at convenience c e n te r............. . . . . 165 40 C404 ............................................................ RH tail, stop and turn signal assem bly.......................... . . . 168 50
C263 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R at convenience c e n te r............. ___ 165 40 168 51
C264 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R right of steering column ......... ___ 165 40 181 81
C266 ................................................... ........ LH side of steering c o lu m n ........................................... . . . . 163 35 C405 ............................................................ LH tail, stop and turn signal assem bly.......................... . . . 168 50
C267 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R underneath steering column .. 163 34 168 51
164 38 170 55
C268 ................................................... ........ Below LH side of l/R near clutch pedal su p p o rt......... ___ 164 38 181 81
C269 ................................................... ........ Below LH side of l/R near clutch pedal su p p o rt........... . . . 163 34 C406 ............................................................ LH cowl in engine com partm ent.................................... . . . 158 19
164 38 161 28
C270 ................................................... ......... Below LH side of l/R near clutch pedal su p p o rt......... . . . 162 33 C407 (Diesel) ............................................. LH middle of frame r a il................................................... . . . 169 52
163 34 C407 (Gasoline) ........................................ LH middle of frame rail, at fuel t a n k .............................. . . . 169 53
164 38 C408 ............................................................ Rear center outside roof p a n e l...................................... . . . 173 62
C271 ................................................... ........ Below LH side l/R near brake pedal support arm . . . . . . . 161 30 179 78
C273/C273A/C237B.......................... ........ Behind RH side of l/R near blower m o to r................... . . . 166 44 C409 .............................................................. In rear bumper ............................................................... . . . 168 51
178 75 C410 .............................................................. Behind RH center of rear bumper ................................ . . . 168 51
C275 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R left of steering co lu m n ............. . . . 166 42 C415 .............................................................. Behind RH front of rear fe n d e r...................................... . . . 174 65
171 57 C416 .............................................................. Behind RH rear of rear fender ...................................... . . . 174 65
C277 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R left of steering co lu m n ............. ___ 165 40 C417 .............................................................. Behind LH front of rear fender ...................................... . . . 174 65
C278 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R left of steering co lu m n ............. . . . 165 40 C418 .............................................................. Behind LH rear of rear fe n d e r........................................ . . . 174 65
C279 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R left of steering co lu m n ............. ___ 165 40 C419 .............................................................. LH taillamp a s s e m b ly ..................................................... . . . 168 50
C280 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R left of steering co lu m n ............. . . . 165 40 C420 .............................................................. RH taillamp assem bly..................................................... . . . 168 50
C281 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R left of steering co lu m n ............. . . . 165 40 C450 .............................................................. At fuel pump/sender ....................................................... . . . 169 53
C283 ................................................... ........ Below RH side of l/R near blower motor ................... . . . 166 44 C453 .............................................................. Upper RH rear of c a b ..................................................... . . . 173 62
178 75 C454 .............................................................. Upper LH rear of cab ..................................................... . . .173 62
C284 ................................................... ........ Below LH side of l/R at convenience c e n te r............... . . . . 178 76 C501 .............................................................. Wir ng harness, at front of LH door, at window motor . . . . 174 64
C285 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R at convenience c e n te r............. . . . 162 31 C502 .............................................................. Wir ng harness, at window switch, LH d o o r ................. . . . 174 64
C286 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R at convenience c e n te r............. ___ 162 31 C503 ..................................................... Wir ng harness, at window switch, LH d o o r ................. . . . 174 64
C287 ................................................... ........ RH end of l/P ................................................................ . . . 173 62 C504 .............................................................. Wir ng harness, at lower center of LH door, at motor .. . . . 174 63
C288 ................................................... ........ LH end of l/ P .................................................................. . . . 173 62 C505 .............................................................. Wir ng harness, at lower front of LH door, at switch . . . . . . 174 64
C289 ................................................... ........ Behind LH side of l/R left of steering column, to C601 .............................................................. Wir ng harness, at front of RH door, at window motor . . . . 174 64
convenience c e n te r..................................................... . . . 168 48 C602 .............................................................. Wir ng harness, at window switch, RH d o o r................. . . . 174 64
C291 ................................................... . . . . Behind LH side of l/P ................................................... . . . 164 38 C603 .............................................................. Wir ng harness, at lower center of RH door, at mo t or .. . . . 174 64
171 57 C604 .............................................................. Wir ng harness, at lower front of RH door, at switch .. . . . 174 64
180 79 G100 .............................................................. RH front of engine........................................................... . . . 163 6
C292 ................................................... . . . . Behind LH side of l/P ................................................... 171 57 160 27
175 66
COMPONENT LOCATION Page -- Figure COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure
G101 ................................................... ........ RH side of engine compartment, on fe n d e r................... . . 153 6 S108 .............................................................. Engine harness, lower RH side of engine ......................... 159 22
160 27 S110 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... RH rear of e n g in e .................................................................. 153 4
175 66 166 44
177 74 S110 (VIN N) ................................................. RH rear of e n g in e .................................................................. 154 7
G102 (D iesel)...................................... ........ LH front of engine, near LH valve c o v e r.......................... . . 160 27 S110 (VIN Z) ................................................. RH rear of e n g in e .................................................................. 156 13
G104 ................................................... ........ LH side of radiator support, near b a tte ry ....................... . . 153 5 S111 ................................................................ Forward lamp harness, near LH parking la m p s ................. 167 47
167 47 177 74
177 74 S112................................................................ RH front of cowl, near junction b lo c k .................................. 155 12
G105 ................................................... ........ Behind RH headlamp, on fender .................................... . . 153 6 S113................................................................ At transfer c a s e ...................................................................... 157 17
167 47 S114................................................................ Engine harness, RH front of c o w l........................................ 152 1
175 66 154 7
177 74 156 13
S116................................................................ At transfer c a s e ...................................................................... 157 17
G106 ................................................... .................. On RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover ........... . . 155 12 S121 .............................................................. Engine harness, LH side of engine...................................... 160 25
157 16 S122 .............................................................. Behind RH side of l / P ........................................................... 166 44
G107 (VIN H) (VIN K) ....................... ........ LH front of engine, near LH valve c o v e r.......................... . . 153 4 S123 .............................................................. Behind RH side of l / P ........................................................... 166 44
G107 (VIN N ) ...................................... ........ LH front of engine, near LH valve c o v e r.......................... . . 153 4 S125 ................... .......................................... Behind l/R near ECM ........................................................... 166 44
G107 (VIN Z ) ...................................... ........ LH front of engine, near LH valve c o v e r......................... . . 156 13 S126 .............................................................. Engine harness, RH front of c o w l........................................ 152 1
G108 (VIN H) (VIN K) ....................... ........ Front of engine, at coolant outlet ............................................................................... . . 153 4 S127 .............................................................. Engine harness, RH front of c o w l........................................ 159 22
G108 (VIN N ) ...................................... ........ Front of engine, at coolant outlet .................................... . . 154 8 ,9 S129 .............................................................. Behind l/R near ECM ........................................................... 166 44
G108 (VIN Z ) ...................................... ........ Front of engine, at coolant outlet .................................... . . 156 13 S131 .............................................................. Engine harness, near base of battery junction block cover 159 22
G110..................................................... ........ RH front of cowl, near junction b lo c k .............................. . . 155 12 S133 (D iesel)................................................. Engine harness, LH front of c o w l........................................ 161 28
171 58 S133 (Gasoline)............................................. Engine harness, LH front of c o w l........................................ 158 19
G111 ................................................................................................................... .................. RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r................................ . . 160 25 S134 .............................................................. At transfer c a s e ...................................................................... 159 17
G202 ............................................................................................................... .................. Behind LH side of l/R on ALDL b ra c k e t ........................................................ . . 162 32 S135 .............................................................. Engine harness, RH side of cowl p a n e l.............................. 159 19
G400 (Chassis C a b ) ......................... ........ LH rear of truck, on inner frame r a i l................................ . . 168 50 S145 .............................................................. At glow plug controller ......................................................... 159 24
G400 (Except Chassis C a b )............. ........ LH rear of truck, on inner side of fra m e .......................... . . 168 51 S146 .............................................................. At glow plug controller ......................................................... 159 24
G401 ................................................... ........ Rear of truck, at center of tailgate .................................. . . 169 54 S150, S151, S152, S153, S154, S155, S156 RH cowl, near junction block ............................................... 155 12
G403 ................................................... ........ LH side of trailer h itc h ....................................................... . . 181 83 157 16
G404 ................................................... .................. LH rear frame rail ...................................................................................................................................... . . 170 55 S157 .............................................................. Near battery .......................................................................... 153 6
G407 ................................................... ........ RH side of inner cab, below RH side of rear window . . . . . 168 49 S160 (VIN H) (VIN K) .................................. RH rear of e n g in e .................................................................. 152 1
GT100 ................................................. ........ Engine harness, RH cowl p a n e l...................................... . . 152 1 S160 (VIN N ) ................................................. RH rear of e n g in e .................................................................. 154 7
154 7 S160 (VIN Z) ................................................. RH rear of e n g in e .................................................................. 156 13
159 22 S173 .............................................................. Behind RH side of l / P ........................................................... 166 44
GT101 ................................................. ........ LH side of cowl p a n e l....................................................... . . 175 67 S191................................................................ Engine harness, near glow plug controller le a d s ............... 160 25
G T 1 0 2 ................................................. ........ LH side of cowl p a n e l....................................................... . . 164 38 S194 .............................................................. Engine harness, RH front of c o w l........................................ 159 22
GT103 ................................................. .................. LH side of cowl p a n e l ........................................................................................................................ . . 165 40 S201 .............................................................. l/P harness, LH side of l/R near headlamp s w itc h ............ 171 57
GT110 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ....................... ........ Front of throttle body ....................................................... . . 152 1 S202 .............................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/R above steering column 163 36
GT110 (VIN N ) .................................... ........ Front of throttle body ....................................................... . . 154 7 S203 .............................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l / P ...................................... 163 36
GT110 (VIN Z) .................................... ........ Front of throttle b o d y ......................................................... . . 170 56 S205 .............................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/R at top of steering
S101 ................................................... ........ Forward lamp harness, LH side of engine compartment . . 167 47 column s u p p o rt.................................................................... 171 57
177 74 S206 .............................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/R above steering column 163 36
S102 ................................................... .................. Forward lamp harness, behind LH headlamp ................................. . . 167 47 S207 ............................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/R above steering column 171 57
177 74 S208 .................................. : ......................... l/P harness, behind LH side of l / P ...................................... 178 75
S103 ................................................... ........ Front lamp harness, behind RH headlamp ................... . . 167 47 S209 .............................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P .................................... 171 57
177 74 S210 .............................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/R above LH side of
S104 ................................................... ........ Front lamp harness, behind LH headlam p..................... . . 167 47 steering co lu m n .................................................................. 171 57
177 74 S211................................................................ l/P harness, behind LH side of l / P ...................................... 178 75
S105 ................................................... ........ Engine harness, near battery junction block ................. . . 167 47 S213 .............................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/R above LH side of
177 74 steering co lu m n .................................................................. 171 57
S106 ................................................... ........ LH side of engine com partm ent...................................... . . 153 5 S214 .............................................................. l/P harness, above cigar lighter .......................................... 178 75
167 47 S217 .............................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/R above LH side of
177 74 steering column .................................................................. 178 75
S107 ................................................... .................. Forward lamp harness, at RH side of bottom S218 (With A /C )............................................. A/C harness, behind center of l/R above A/C duct ........... 166 43
radiator su p p o rt .......................................................................................................................................... . . 167 47 167 46
175 67 S218 (Without A/C) ...................................... Heater harness, behind center of l/P .................................. 165 41
177 74
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure
5219 A/C harness, behind RH side of l/P 166 43
167 46
5220 A/C harness, behind RH side of l/P 166 43
167 46
5221 A/C harness, above p le n u m ............. 167 45, 46
5222 A/C harness, above p le n u m ............. 167 45
5223 .Behind center of l/P ........................ 167 45
173 62
173 62
166 44
173 62
162 33
5234 Cruise control harness, behind LH side of l/P 164 38
5235 Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P ........ 164 38
S237 ............................................................. Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P ......... 166 44
166 44
166 44
5239 (VIN H) (VIN K) .................................. RH rear of e n g in e ....................... 153 4
5240 Behind and below RH side of l/P 166 41
166 44
178 75
165 41
166 44
171 57
178 75
S255 .............................................................. Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P .......................... 166 44
S281 .............................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/R near steering column 171 57
S329 .............................................................. Body harness, at LH shroud............................................. 168 48
S332 .............................................................. Body harness, at LH shroud............................................. 168 48
5400 Taillamp harness, at rear crossm em ber.......................... 168 50, 51
5401 Rear taillamps harness, rear of truck, at
168 50, 51
S402 Rear taillamps harness, rear of truck, at
168 51
168 51
5404 .License lamps harness, at rear crossmember 168 51
5405 Trailer/camper harness, at rear crossmember 181 83
5406 .Trailer/camper harness, at rear crossmember 181 83
5407 Trailer/camper harness, at rear crossmember 181 83
S420 ............................................................. .Trailer/camper harness, at rear crossmember 181 81
5530 .LH door harness, near front of d o o r ................ 174 64
5531 .LH door harness, near front of d o o r ................ 174 64
5600 .RH door harness, near front of d o o r................ 174 64
5601 .RH door harness, near front of d o o r................ 174 64
Abbreviation List ........................................................... 10 Indicator L a m p s ..............................................................94
Air Conditioning ........................................................... 107 Indicators, Instrument Panel ........................................ 94
AM/FM Stereo Radio with Options ............................128 Instrument Panel: Gages and Ind ica tors..................... 94
Antilock Braking, Rear W h e e l...................................... 90 Instrument Panel Illumination L a m p s ..........................106
Auxiliary B a tte ry............................................................. 18 Interior Lamps and Key-ln Warning B u z z e r...............120
Auxiliary Cooling Fan ...................................................114 Key-ln Warning Buzzer ...............................................120
Backup L a m p s ............................................................. 142 Lamp Assembly, Underhood ...................................... 120
Basic E le ctricity..................................................... .......... 4 Lamp, Cargo ................................................................120
Battery, Auxiliary ........................................................... 18 Lamp, D o m e ..................................................................120
Block, Fuse ....................................................................15 Lamp G ro u p ..................................................................123
Brake System s................................................................90 Lamps, Backup ........................................................... 142
Brake Warning System .................................................90 Lamps, End Gate and Fender Clearance ................. 142
Bulb D a ta ........................................................................ 16 Lamps, Fog .................................................................... 25
Cargo L a m p ..................................................................120 Lamps, Front Exterior ................................................... 25
Charging, Starting and .................................................44 Lamps, Indicator ........................................................... 94
Circuit Diagrams ............................................................. 3 Lamps, Instrument P a n e l.............................................106
Circuit M alfunctions......................................................... 4 Lamps, License ........................................................... 142
Circuit Operation ............................................................. 3 Lamps, M arker................................................................25
Circuit Wiring Repair Procedures ..................................6 Lamps, Rear E xterior................................................... 142
Clearance Lamps with Dual Rear Wheels Lamps, Roof Marker ..................................................... 25
(RPO R05), End Gate a n d ...................................... 142 Lamps, Turn Signal ....................................................... 25
Component Locations ..................................................... 3 License L a m p s ..............................................................142
Component Locator Index .......................................... 182 Marker Lamps ................................................................25
Component Locator V ie w s .......................................... 152 Metri-Pack Connectors ...................................................8
Connectors, M etri-P ack...................................................8 Park L a m p s ....................................................................25
Connectors, Weather-Pack ............................................ 8 Phantom V ie w ..................................................................2
Convenience C e n te r....................................................... 17 Power Control Module — Gasoline E ng in e s...............59
Cooling Fan, A uxiliary...................................................114 Power Distribution ......................................................... 13
Cruise C o n tro l............................................................... 118 Power Door Locks ....................................................... 132
Daytime Running Lamps, Headlamps a n d ................. 25 Power Windows ........................................................... 134
Defogger, R e a r............................................................. 137 Powertrain Control Module — Gasoline Engines . . . . 59
Diagnosis.......................................................................... 4 Radio ............................................................................ 128
Dome Lamp ..................................................................120 Rear Defogger ............................................................. 137
Electrical Test Equipment ...............................................4 Rear Exterior Lamps ...................................................142
Electricity, B a sic ............................................................... 4 Rear Wheel Antilock Braking ...................................... 90
Electronic Control Module — Diesel E n g in e s.............68 Regular Production Option (RPO) L is t......................... 10
Electronic Control Module — Gasoline E ng in e s........ 49 Repair Procedures, Circuit W irin g ..................................6
End Gate and Clearance Lamps with Dual Roof Marker L a m p s ....................................................... 25
Rear Wheels (RPO R 0 5 )........................................ 142 Safety Belt Warning B uzze r........................................ 126
Fog L a m p s......................................................................25 Special T o o ls ....................................................................9
Four-Wheel Drive ........................................................... 88 Start, Diesel E ngines..................................................... 46
Front Exterior L am ps.....................................................25 Start, Gasoline Engines.................................................46
Fuel Control and Idle Air Control Starting and C h a rg in g ...................................................44
(RPO LB4, L03, L05, L19) ................................52, 62 Symptoms Index............................................................. 11
Fuel Controls, Diesel E n g in e s...................................... 77 Table of C ontents............................................................. 1
Fuse B lo c k ......................................................................15 Taillamps........................................................................ 142
Gages, Instrument P a n e l...............................................94 Test Equipment, E le ctrica l...............................................4
Glow P lu gs......................................................................82 Throttle Body Injection .......................................... 50, 60
Hazard L a m p s ............................................................... 25 Tools, S pecial....................................................................9
Headlamps and Daytime Running Lam ps................... 25 Transmission Control Module — Diesel Engines........ 72
H e a te r............................................................................ 116 Underhood Lamp A ssem bly........................................ 120
H o rn s .............................................................................. 42 Warning Buzzer, Safety Belt ...................................... 126
Hot Fuel Handling ...................................................51, 61 Warning System, B ra k e .................................................90
How to Use this M anual...................................................3 Weather-Pack C onnectors....................... .......................8
Ig n itio n ........................................................... •................47 Wiper/Washer............................................................... 139
Index, Component Locator.......................................... 182
Index, Symptoms ........................................................... 11